sg248350 - A Practical Approach To Cloud IaaS PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 362

Front cover

A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS


with IBM SoftLayer
Presentations Guide

Daniel Aguado
Thomas Andersen
Aram Avetisyan
Jeff Budnik
Mihai Criveti
Adrian Doroiman
Andrew Hoppe
Gerardo Menegaz
Alejandro Morales
Adrian Moti
Marie Joy Salazar
Sebastian Szumczyk

In partnership with
IBM MEA University Program

Redbooks
International Technical Support Organization

A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer:


Presentations Guide

February 2016

SG24-8350-00
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on
page xi.

First Edition (February 2016)

This edition applies to IBM SoftLayer cloud infrastructure at the time this guide was developed in July 2015.

© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2016. All rights reserved.


Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule
Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents

Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

IBM Redbooks promotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Authors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Now you can become a published author, too! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Stay connected to IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


1.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.4 What is Cloud Computing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.5 Definition of Cloud Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.6 Essential characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.7 Deployment models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.8 Service models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.9 Cloud service models in practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.10 Cloud service models – Technology mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.11 Cloud adoption and migration is workload driven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.12 Infrastructure as a Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.13 Example IaaS use case: Website publishing scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.14 Platform as a Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.15 Software as a Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.16 Implications of Cloud Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.17 Business benefits of Cloud Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.18 Development benefits of Cloud Computing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.19 Industry impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.20 IaaS: Common storage models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.21 Overview of storage options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.22 IaaS: SoftLayer public cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.23 IaaS products and services overview (SoftLayer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.24 Key takeaways: Cloud Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


2.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.2 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.3 Typical IaaS offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.4 What an IaaS provider could offer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.5 Location location location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.6 SoftLayer presence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.7 The datacenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.8 Network architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.9 Triple network architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.10 The Orchestration Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.11 Sample IaaS datacenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. iii


2.12 Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.13 Checkpoint (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.14 Management web interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.15 Management web interface capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.16 Monitor/control/change instances from the web interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.17 Monitor/control/change instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.18 Account administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.19 Adding users to your account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.20 Defining permissions for users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.21 Default permission templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2.22 Defining instance access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.23 Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.24 Checkpoint (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53


3.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.4 Compute Nodes in IaaS Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.5 IaaS cloud server offerings (SoftLayer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.6 Virtual Servers - Public node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.7 Virtual Servers - Public node (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.8 Virtual Servers - Private node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.9 All virtual servers: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10 Bare metal servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.11 Bare metal servers with hourly billing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.12 Bare metal servers with monthly billing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.13 Bare metal servers with monthly billing (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.14 All server offerings: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.15 Checkpoint questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.16 Checkpoint questions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.17 Ordering servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.18 Provisioning server instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.19 Inspecting server details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.20 Upgrading or downgrading server instances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.21 Accessing server instances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.22 Canceling server instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.23 Checkpoint questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.24 Checkpoint questions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77


4.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4.4 Introduction to storage: Storage types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.5 Introduction to storage: DAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.6 Introduction to storage: DAS (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.7 Introduction to storage: SAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.8 Introduction to storage: SAN (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.9 Introduction to storage: NAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.10 Introduction to storage: NAS (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.11 Introduction to storage: Object Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.12 Introduction to storage: RAID arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

iv A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.13 iSCSI: Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.14 iSCSI addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.15 iSCSI access control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.16 NFS components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.17 NFS addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.18 NFS access control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
4.19 SoftLayer storage offerings: DAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.20 SoftLayer storage offerings: Block storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.21 SoftLayer storage offerings: File storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.22 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.23 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.24 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4.25 SoftLayer storage offering: Object storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.26 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4.27 Check point: Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4.28 Check point: Questions and answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
4.29 Recap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109


5.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.4 What is cloud computing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.5 The network is critical to Cloud Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.6 Networking had to change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
5.7 Attributes of Cloud Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.8 Example: Data center switch network architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.9 Virtual Ethernet switch in a virtualized server environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.10 Networking overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.11 Networking overview (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
5.12 Networking overview (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
5.13 Learning about public networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.14 Learning about public networks (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
5.15 Learning about public networks - Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5.16 Understanding the primary features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
5.17 Understanding bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
5.18 Learning about private networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.19 Learning about private networks (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5.20 Learning about private networks (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.21 Learning about management network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.22 SoftLayer network architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.23 Reviewing SoftLayer network tooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.24 Using Looking Glass, SoftLayer’s IP backbone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.25 Using SoftLayer Looking Glass, SoftLayer's IP backbone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
5.26 Using SoftLayer Looking Glass, SoftLayer's IP backbone (2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5.27 Using other networking tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.28 Using other networking tools (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
5.29 Using other networking tools (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
5.30 Using other networking tools from SoftLayer Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.31 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5.32 General concept of VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.33 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
5.34 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Contents v
5.35 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
5.36 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
5.37 Direct Link use case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
5.38 Direct Link use case (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
5.39 Direct Link use case (continued) (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
5.40 Recap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.41 Checkpoint questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
5.42 Checkpoint questions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
5.43 Checkpoint questions (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
5.44 Checkpoint questions (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
5.45 Checkpoint questions (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
5.46 Checkpoint questions (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5.47 Checkpoint questions (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
5.48 Checkpoint questions (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161


6.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.2 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.3 Basics of cloud infrastructure and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
6.4 Cloud service model overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
6.5 Platform architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
6.6 Locations of platform architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
6.7 Types of servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
6.8 Server options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
6.9 Storage types and protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
6.10 Other storage types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
6.11 Network types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
6.12 Basics of cloud infrastructure and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
6.13 Conclusion of recap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
6.14 Technologies enabling transformation of infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
6.15 Overview of technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
6.16 Virtualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
6.17 Hypervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
6.18 Provisioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
6.19 Managing cloud infrastructure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.20 Cloud infrastructure IaaS key points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.21 Managing cloud infrastructure in IaaS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.22 Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183


7.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
7.2 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
7.3 Introducing the image template concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
7.4 Image template types in SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
7.5 Image template types in SoftLayer: Standard images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
7.6 Image template types in SoftLayer: Flex Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
7.7 Image template types in SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
7.8 Creating image templates in SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
7.9 Creating image templates in SoftLayer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
7.10 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
7.11 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
7.12 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
7.13 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

vi A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


7.14 Provisioning scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
7.15 Usage scenarios in SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
7.16 Usage scenarios in SoftLayer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
7.17 Checkpoint questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
7.18 Checkpoint questions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
7.19 Checkpoint questions (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
7.20 Checkpoint questions (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Unit 8. Storage options in cloud computing: Advanced topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203


8.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8.4 Backup and recovery: Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
8.5 Backup and recovery: Concepts (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
8.6 Backup and recovery solutions in SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
8.7 Snapshots and replication of Endurance storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
8.8 Dedicated storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
8.9 Dedicated storage: OS NEXUS QuantaStor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
8.10 Check point: Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
8.11 Check point: Questions answered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215


9.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
9.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
9.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
9.4 SoftLayer network topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
9.5 IP addresses in SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
9.6 IP addresses in SoftLayer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
9.7 Five steps to start using IPv6 in SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
9.8 Separating devices and subnets with VLANs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
9.9 VLAN spanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
9.10 VLAN spanning (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
9.11 Load balancing fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
9.12 Load balancing fundamentals (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
9.13 Load balancing options in SoftLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
9.14 Load balancing options in SoftLayer (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
9.15 Load balancing solutions in SoftLayer use case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
9.16 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
9.17 EdgeCast CDN locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
9.18 Example SoftLayer CDN users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9.19 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
9.20 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network implementation guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
9.21 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
9.22 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
9.23 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
9.24 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9.25 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
9.26 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9.27 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
9.28 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
9.29 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
9.30 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9.31 Vyatta appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Contents vii
9.32 Recap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
9.33 Checkpoint questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9.34 Checkpoint questions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9.35 Checkpoint questions (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9.36 Checkpoint questions (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
9.37 Checkpoint questions (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
9.38 Checkpoint questions (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
9.39 Checkpoint questions (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
9.40 Checkpoint questions (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
9.41 Checkpoint questions (9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
9.42 Checkpoint questions (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
9.43 Introduction to OSI model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
9.44 Understanding TCP/IP addressing and subnetting basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267


10.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
10.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
10.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
10.4 Why security is important . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
10.5 Data center security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
10.6 Additional security offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
10.7 Securing communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
10.8 Securing instances using firewalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
10.9 Securing instances using firewalls (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10.10 Hardware firewalls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
10.11 Appliance firewalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.12 OS firewalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
10.13 IaaS provider firewalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
10.14 Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10.15 Checkpoint (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
10.16 Securing instances using OS hardening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
10.17 Using portal to set up and verify security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
10.18 Administering firewall from the portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
10.19 Verify security in the portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
10.20 Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
10.21 Checkpoint (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291


11.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
11.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
11.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
11.4 Typical service models responsibilities and typical service access to infrastructure. 294
11.5 Typical core infrastructure monitoring and
typical infrastructure components monitored . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
11.6 Why monitoring is important . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
11.7 Typical monitoring tool limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
11.8 How typical monitoring tools work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
11.9 Typical monitoring alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
11.10 Typical monitoring response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
11.11 Practical approach to SoftLayer monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
11.12 Ordering a monitoring service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
11.13 Building your own simple monitoring solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
11.14 Upgrading a monitoring package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

viii A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11.15 Cancelling a monitoring package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
11.16 Checkpoint questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
11.17 Checkpoint questions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309


12.1 What you should be able to do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
12.2 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
12.3 Teaching topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
12.4 Introducing the API concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
12.5 API advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
12.6 API advantages (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
12.7 Hybrid cloud scenarios that use the API economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
12.8 SoftLayer API overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
12.9 SoftLayer API overview (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
12.10 The SoftLayer API structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
12.11 The SoftLayer API structure (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
12.12 The main SoftLayer library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
12.13 The Object Store API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
12.14 The Message Queue API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
12.15 Using the SoftLayer API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
12.16 Using the SoftLayer API: Services and methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
12.17 Using the SoftLayer API: Data types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
12.18 Using the SoftLayer API: Service hierarchy sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
12.19 Using the SoftLayer API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
12.20 Using the SoftLayer API (cont.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
12.21 Example scenarios of using an API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
12.22 Checkpoint questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
12.23 Checkpoint questions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
12.24 Checkpoint questions (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
12.25 Checkpoint questions (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
12.26 Checkpoint questions (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
12.27 Recap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Contents ix
x A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the US. This material might be available
from IBM in other languages. However, you may be required to own a copy of the product or product version in
that language in order to access it.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult
your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not
infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to
evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The
furnishing of this document does not grant you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in
writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, MD-NC119, Armonk, NY 10504-1785, US

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS”


WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in
certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time
without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM websites are provided for convenience only and do not in any
manner serve as an endorsement of those websites. The materials at those websites are not part of the
materials for this IBM product and use of those websites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you provide in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.

The performance data and client examples cited are presented for illustrative purposes only. Actual
performance results may vary depending on specific configurations and operating conditions.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published
announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the
accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the
capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

Statements regarding IBM's future direction or intent are subject to change or withdrawal without notice, and
represent goals and objectives only.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them
as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products.
All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to actual people or business enterprises is entirely
coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE:

This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in
any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample
programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore,
cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. The sample programs are
provided “AS IS”, without warranty of any kind. IBM shall not be liable for any damages arising out of your use
of the sample programs.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. xi


Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines
Corporation, registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. Other product and service names might be
trademarks of IBM or other companies. A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the web at “Copyright
and trademark information” at http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml

The following terms are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation,
and might also be trademarks or registered trademarks in other countries.
AIX® IBM® Redbooks®
Bluemix® IBM Cloud Managed Services™ Redbooks (logo) ®
developerWorks® IBM SmartCloud® Tivoli®
Global Business Services® IMS™ Unyte®
Global Technology Services® Rational®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

Adobe, the Adobe logo, and the PostScript logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe
Systems Incorporated in the United States, and/or other countries.

CloudLayer, Flex Images, KnowledgeLayer, SoftLayer, and SoftLayer device are trademarks or registered
trademarks of SoftLayer, Inc., an IBM Company.

Intel, Intel logo, Intel Inside logo, and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel
Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.

Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.

Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both.

Java, and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its
affiliates.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

xii A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer Presentations Guide
IBM REDBOOKS PROMOTIONS

IBM Redbooks promotions

Find and read thousands of


IBM Redbooks publications
Search, bookmark, save and organize favorites
Get personalized notifications of new content
Link to the latest Redbooks blogs and videos

Get the latest version of the Redbooks Mobile App

Download
Android
iOS

Now

Promote your business


in an IBM Redbooks
publication
®
Place a Sponsorship Promotion in an IBM
®
Redbooks publication, featuring your business
or solution with a link to your web site.

Qualified IBM Business Partners may place a full page


promotion in the most popular Redbooks publications.
Imagine the power of being seen by users who download ibm.com/Redbooks
millions of Redbooks publications each year! About Redbooks Business Partner Programs
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Preface

This IBM® Redbooks® publication is based on the Presentations Guide of the course A
Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer, which was developed by the IBM
Redbooks team in partnership with IBM Middle East and Africa University Program. This
course is designed to teach university students how to build a simple infrastructure as a
service (IaaS) cloud environment based on IBM SoftLayer®. It provides students with the
fundamental skills to design, implement, and manage an IaaS cloud environment using the
IBM SoftLayer platform as an example.

The primary target audience for this course is university students in undergraduate computer
science and computer engineer programs with no previous experience working in cloud
environments. However, anyone new to cloud computing can benefit from this course.

The workshop materials were created in July 2015. Thus, all IBM SoftLayer features
discussed in this Presentations Guide are current as of July 2015.

Authors
This course was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the
International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center.

Daniel Aguado is a Cloud Technical Sales professional in the IBM Cloud business unit in
Madrid, Spain. His areas of expertise include IBM SoftLayer and IBM Cloud Managed
Services™. Daniel designs solutions for clients based on these cloud offerings. He joined
IBM in 2013.

Thomas Andersen is a certified IT specialist, technical team leader, cloud administrator, and
SoftLayer solution designer in the IBM Development Support Team (DST) organization in IBM
Denmark. Thomas has been with IBM for 20 years filling different roles such as development,
services, and infrastructure support. In the last years, his focus has been virtualization and
cloud technologies.

Aram Avetisyan is a Cloud Infrastructure Architect in IBM who has over 14 years of
experience in the IT industry. He has a rich background and expertise in several technologies
such as virtualization, operating systems administration, and disaster recovery. Aram joined
IBM in 2011, and is based in the Czech Republic. As a certified instructor, Aram delivers IT
courses to IBM employees around the world. Aram is an active blogger and contributor to the
cloud community. For his contributions, Aram was awarded VMware vExpert accreditation in
2014 and 2015.

Jeff Budnik is a Certified IT Specialist and Cloud Solution Architect in the IBM DST
organization. Jeff has over 18 years of experience in infrastructure services with special focus
on cloud computing. As a cloud solution architect, Jeff helps clients to identify requirements
and design solutions based on the IBM SoftLayer technology. Jeff joined IBM in 1998 and is
based in the United States.

Mihai Criveti is a Technical Sales Leader in IBM Ireland. Mihai supports large sales
opportunities for IBM Cloud. He has over 10 years of experience in the IT industry. Mihai
holds a degree in Managerial Informatics. His areas of expertise include cloud computing,

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. xv


business analysis, technical sales, project management, agile software development,
DevOps, and UNIX. He has written extensively on cloud computing topics.

Adrian Doroiman is a Project Manager in IBM Romania. He has 12 years of experience in


the IT industry. Adrian holds degrees in Computer Science and Economics. His areas of
expertise include cloud computing, project management, agile software development,
DevOps, and cryptography.

Dr. Andrew Hoppe is a Senior Software Engineer and Technical Architect in IBM Cloud
Services, Business Partner Sales team. Andrew’s focus is on SoftLayer sales support. He
came to IBM with the Rational® acquisition in 2003. Andrew has over 20 years of experience
in software design and development, specializing in object-oriented modeling and multitier
business system implementation. Andrew is also an active educator, with 15 years of
teaching experience at universities in several countries. He has published papers on research
conferences and in trade journals, and is the author of several IBM developerWorks® articles,
blogs, and technical materials on several IBM cloud topics. He is based in Raleigh, North
Carolina, US. Andrew holds a Ph.D. degree from the University of Warsaw, Poland.

Gerardo Menegaz is a Chief Architect in the IBM Global Technology Services® business
unit. Gerardo has over 20 years of IT leadership experience formulating strategies and using
proprietary technologies in fast-paced, challenging environments. Gerardo has led projects to
develop business strategies across multiple industries and new technologies such as cloud
computing, mobile, bring your own device (BYOD), big data, analytics, and social media. He
also has extensive experience on data center topics such as server consolidation,
virtualization and optimization technologies, methodologies, application rationalization, and
logical consolidation techniques. Gerardo has published several papers and blogs. He is a
graduate of the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Alejandro Morales is an Infrastructure Specialist in IBM Global Business Services® (GBS),


IBM Mexico. He has experience in software development and infrastructure support with
focus on cloud computing. As an operations technical leader in the IBM DST, Alejandro helps
clients with their day-to-day requirements in the IBM SoftLayer IaaS environment.

Adrian Moti is a Project Manager working in Romania for IBM Cloud Managed Services, the
private cloud offering of IBM. He has four years of experience in cloud computing and 10+
yeara experience in IT. He holds degrees in Computer Science and Electronics in
Transportation. His areas of expertise include cloud computing, project management, agile
software development and customer support in IT.

Marie Joy Salazar is the team leader for the SoftLayer Operations team in the IBM DST, IBM
Philippines. Marie Joy was part of the IBM Internship Program in her college days, and she
has now been with IBM for five years. She has taken several roles in asset management,
systems operations, and infrastructure operations. Her current responsibilities include
process improvement and operating system, security, and middleware support for IBM
internal and external clients that are hosted in IBM SoftLayer.

Sebastian Szumczyk is a Cloud Advisor in IBM Poland. His primary focus is cloud
infrastructure solution design. His current responsibilities include cloud technical sales,
technical feasibility studies of complex cloud solution proposals, and transforming client
requirements into technical solution designs. His areas of expertise include IBM Tivoli®
Storage and System Management, pSeries, IBM AIX®, virtualization, storage, high
availability solutions, and cloud solution for enterprise systems. He holds several technical
certifications including the prestigious IBM System p Certified Advanced Technical Expert
and IBM Architect Accreditation certificates. Sebastian is an author of the IBM Redbooks
publications IBM Information Infrastructure Solutions Handbook, SG24-7814 and IBM System
Storage Solutions Handbook, SG24-5250.

xvi A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
The project that produced this course material was managed by Vasfi Gucer and Marcela
Adan, IBM Redbooks Project Leaders, Global Content Services.

Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project:

Lysa Banks
IBM Cloud

Aaron Morris
Network & SoftLayer Automation, IBM Global Business Services

Juan Pablo Napoli


IBM MEA University Programs

David Rhinehart
IBM Cloud Service Technical Sales

Priti Agarwal
Jerry Amal
Yashaswani Aschar
Deana Coble
Shari Deiana
Nagasandesh Narahari Rao
Sreya Sarkar
Shawn Tooley
IBM Redbooks video production team

Mayowa Adeoti
IBM MEA University Programs Internship

Daniel Nussbaummueller
Anja Jessica Paessler
University Program Internship, IBM Germany

Now you can become a published author, too!


Here’s an opportunity to spotlight your skills, grow your career, and become a published
author—all at the same time! Join an ITSO residency project and help write a book in your
area of expertise, while honing your experience using leading-edge technologies. Your efforts
will help to increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction, as you expand your
network of technical contacts and relationships. Residencies run from two to six weeks in
length, and you can participate either in person or as a remote resident working from your
home base.

Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at:
ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html

Preface xvii
Comments welcome
Your comments are important to us!

We want our books to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this book or
other IBM Redbooks publications in one of the following ways:
򐂰 Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at:
ibm.com/redbooks
򐂰 Send your comments in an email to:
[email protected]
򐂰 Mail your comments to:
IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099
2455 South Road
Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400

Stay connected to IBM Redbooks


򐂰 Find us on Facebook:
http://www.facebook.com/IBMRedbooks
򐂰 Follow us on Twitter:
http://twitter.com/ibmredbooks
򐂰 Look for us on LinkedIn:
http://www.linkedin.com/groups?home=&gid=2130806
򐂰 Explore new Redbooks publications, residencies, and workshops with the IBM Redbooks
weekly newsletter:
https://www.redbooks.ibm.com/Redbooks.nsf/subscribe?OpenForm
򐂰 Stay current on recent Redbooks publications with RSS Feeds:
http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/rss.html

xviii A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
1

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS


approach
This unit covers the following topics:
򐂰 What is cloud computing?
– Essential Characteristics
– Deployment Models
– Service Models
򐂰 Implications of Cloud Computing
򐂰 IaaS: Common Storage Models
򐂰 IaaS: Softlayer Public Cloud

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 1


1.1 What you should be able to do
After completion of this unit, you should be able to:
򐂰 Describe the basics of cloud computing, including its essential chracateristics, deployment
models, and service models.
򐂰 Recognize the implications of changing to a cloud computing approach.
򐂰 Decribe common storage models used in IaaS.
򐂰 Indentify concepts IaaS concepts in the SoftLayer Public Cloud offerings.

1.2 References
The following publications are useful for further research on the topic presented in this unit:
򐂰 National Institute of Standards and Technology - Special Publication 800-145:
http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-145/SP800-145.pdf
򐂰 IBM CS-101 Introduction to Cloud
򐂰 Disruptive innovation according to Wikipedia:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disruptive_innovation

1.3 Teaching topics


This unit covers these key topics:
򐂰 Essential Characteristics
– On-demand self-service
– Broad network access
– Resource pooling
– Rapid elasticity
– Measured service
򐂰 Deployment Models
– Private
– Community
– Public
– Hybrid
򐂰 Service Models
– Software as a Service (SaaS)
– Platform as a Service (PaaS)
– Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)
򐂰 Adoption
– Cloud adoption and migration is workload driven
– Different workloads are a better fit for different service models and deployment models

2 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.4 What is Cloud Computing?

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Essential characteristics
Service models
Deployment models
Benefits

WHAT IS CLOUD
COMPUTING?

3 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-1 What is Cloud Computing?

Notes:
(none)

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 3


1.5 Definition of Cloud Computing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Definition of Cloud Computing*

Model for enabling ubiquitous, convenient, on-demand


network access

to a shared pool of configurable computing resources

that can be rapidly provisioned and released with minimal


effort or service provider interaction.

* National Institute of Standards and Technology - Special Publication 800-145:


http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-145/SP800-145.pdf

4 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-2 Definition of Cloud Computing

Notes:
The term cloud is an abstraction for the complex infrastructure it conceals. The generally
accepted definition of cloud computing comes from the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST). The NIST definition runs to several hundred words but essentially says
that:

”Cloud Computing is a model for enabling convenient, on-demand network access to a


shared pool of configurable computing resources that can be rapidly provisioned and
released with minimal management effort or service provider interaction.”

Examples of computing resources include:


򐂰 Networks
򐂰 Servers
򐂰 Storage
򐂰 Applications
򐂰 Services

4 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.6 Essential characteristics

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Essential characteristics*

Essential Characteristics of Cloud Computing

Cloud

Characteristics

On-demand Broad network Resource Rapid Measured


Self-service access pooling elasticity service

Provision resources Accessed through Resources pooled to Elastic resource Transparent resource
such as compute, standard mechanisms serve multiple provisioning and usage is monitored,
network, or storage over the network customers in a multi- release, scale in and controlled, reported for
automatically tenant model scale out on demand. consumers and
providers.
Physical and virtual To consumers,
resources are capabilities appear
dynamically assigned unlimited and can be
based on demand ordered at any time.

* National Institute of Standards and Technology - Special Publication 800-145:


http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-145/SP800-145.pdf

5 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-3 Essential characteristics

Notes:
(none)

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 5


1.7 Deployment models

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Deployment models*

Cloud

Deployment Models

Private cloud Community cloud Public cloud Hybrid cloud

Exclusive use by a single Exclusive use by a community Provisioned for open use by Composite of two or more
organization comprising of consumers from the general public. distinct cloud infrastructures
multiple business units. organizations that have a (private, community, public).
shared concern (mission, Owned, managed, and
Can be owned, managed, and security requirements, etc). operated by a business, They remain unique entities,
operated by the organization, academic or government but are bound together by
a third party, or a combination Can be owned, managed, and organization, or some standardized or proprietary
of both. operated by one or more of combination of them. technology that enables data
the organizations in the and application portability.
May exist on-premises or off- community, a third party, or Exists on the premises of the
premises. some combination of both. cloud provider. Examples: Cloud-bursting,
load balancing between
May exist on-premises or off- clouds, moving applications
premises. between on-premises and off
premises.

* National Institute of Standards and Technology - Special Publication 800-145:


http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-145/SP800-145.pdf
© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-4 Deployment models

Notes:
(none)

6 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.8 Service models

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Service models*

Cloud

Service Models

Software as a Platform as a Service Infrastructure as a


Service (SaaS) (PaaS) Service (IaaS)

Consumers use the provider’s Consumers deploy consumer-created or Consumers provision compute, storage,
applications running on cloud acquired applications using provider- and network resources.
infrastructure. supported programming languages,
libraries, tools, or services. Consumers can deploy and run arbitrary
Accessible from various client devices software, including operating systems and
either through a thin client interface (web Consumers do not manage the underlying applications.
browser) or APIs. infrastructure including network, servers,
OS, and storage. Consumers do not manage the underlying
Consumers do not manage the underlying infrastructure, but have control over OS,
infrastructure or even applications, except Consumers manage the deployed storage, deployed applications, and
possibly limited application configuration applications and possibly application- possibly limited control of network
settings. hosting environment configuration components such as host firewalls.
settings.

* National Institute of Standards and Technology - Special Publication 800-145:


http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-145/SP800-145.pdf
7 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-5 Service models

Notes:
(none)

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 7


1.9 Cloud service models in practice

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Cloud service models in practice

Software as a Service (SaaS)


 Software, data, and logic
 Applications
 Services delivered over a network

Platform as a Service (PaaS)


 Middleware platform
 Solution stack (runtime)
 Both accessible over a network

Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS)


 Compute (CPU, memory)
 I/O (Network, storage)
 Virtualization

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-6 Cloud service models in practice

Notes:
IaaS Making up the bottom layer of the cloud is the infrastructure services layer (IaaS). In
this layer, a set of physical assets such as servers, network devices, and storage
disks are offered as provisioned services to consumers. The services at this layer
support application infrastructure, regardless of whether a cloud and many more
consumers provide that infrastructure. As with platform services, virtualization is an
often-used method to provide the on-demand rationing of the resources.
PaaS Platform services (PaaS) is the layer in which application infrastructure emerges as a
set of services. These services include but are not limited to middleware as a service,
messaging as a service, integration as a service, information as a service, and
connectivity as a service. The services here are intended to support applications.
These applications might be running in the cloud, or in a more traditional enterprise
data center. To achieve the scalability that is required within a cloud, the different
services that are offered here are often virtualized.
SaaS Application services are most familiar to everyday web users. The application
services layer hosts applications that fit the SaaS model. These applications run in a
cloud and are provided on demand as services to users. Sometimes the services are
free and providers generate revenue from things like web ads. At other times,
application providers generate revenue directly from the usage of the service. Do
these scenarios sound familiar? It probably does because almost everyone uses
them. If you use a tax preparation service to file your income taxes online, or use an
email service to check your mail, then you are familiar with the top layer of the cloud.
These types of applications are just a couple of examples. There are literally

8 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


thousands of SaaS applications, and the number grows daily primarily because of
Web 2.0 technologies.
There are many applications in the application services layer that are directed to the
enterprise community. There are hosted software offerings available that handle
payroll processing, human resource management, collaboration, customer
relationship management, business partner relationship management, and so on.
Examples of these offerings include IBM SmartCloud® For Social Business, Unyte®,
Salesforce.com, Sugar CRM, and WebEx.

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 9


1.10 Cloud service models – Technology mapping

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Cloud service models – Technology mapping


Traditional Infrastructure Platform Software
On-Premises as a Service s
e as a Service as a Service
g
a
Applications Applications n
a Applications Applications
s M
e t
Data g
a
Data n Data Data V
e e
n
a li n
Runtime Runtime C Runtime Runtime d
M V o
s t e r
e n n M
g Middleware e Middleware Middleware d Middleware
a li o a
n C r n
a V M a
O/S O/S e O/S O/S g
M n a e
t d n s
n o a in
e Virtualization Virtualization r Virtualization g Virtualization
li M e
s C
C a lo
n in
Servers Servers a Servers Servers u
g C d
e lo
Storage Storage s Storage u Storage
in d
C
Networking Networking lo Networking Networking
u
d

Customization; higher costs;


slower time to value Standardization;
lower costs; faster time to value

9 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-7 Cloud service models – Technology mapping

Notes:
From IBM CS-101 Introduction to Cloud

Clients who are not using cloud (Traditional / On-Premises environments) manage the entire
technology stack.

As you move higher up the cloud to IaaS, PaaS and SaaS, clients manage less and less
infrastructure and focus more and more on their business.

10 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.11 Cloud adoption and migration is workload driven

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Cloud adoption and migration is workload driven


DevOps
ERP (Enterprise Applications)
Archive
Database workloads Big data and analytics
Moving to
Front office / desktop Cloud
Risk and compliance Web applications /
Mature workloads e-Commerce
Disaster recovery Digital experience solutions
Isolated workloads (e.g. consistent digital experience on
multiple devices)
Applications with Enterprise social solutions
sensitive data (e.g. email / calendar, business
Customer service
collaboration, web meetings)
May be
ready for Mobile applications
3rd party applications
Cloud
Development and test
Applications with complex workloads
processes & transactions Regulation Compute
intensive workloads High performance
applications computing
Business processes
Highly customized Information (e.g. expense reporting)
Not Ready
applications intensive
for Cloud
applications
Storage
Not yet virtualized Batch workloads
applications processing
10 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-8 Cloud adoption and migration is workload driven

Notes:
From IBM CS-101 Introduction to Cloud (including comments below):

Clients are aggressively moving workloads or applications to the cloud. Internet-based


applications like email, web applications, and E commerce were the first to be moved.
Standardized applications like front office and business process applications also are well
suited to cloud. Disaster recovery and archive are also moving and we are seeing that
analytics, big data, mobile and social business depends upon cloud deployment models.

What is a workload?

An independent service or collection of code that can be executed.

An abstraction–that is, isolated from the hardware it’s running on—focusing on what needs to
be done, as opposed to how it’s going to be done, in the context of a particular cloud.

Can be a small or complete application, typically combined with other workloads to execute a
business process or task.

Why workloads matter:

Companies adopting cloud will likely make decisions about cloud based on workload capacity
– cloud architectures and deployment models need to fit.

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 11


Companies adopting cloud need to actively manage workloads so they know how their
applications are running, what they’re doing, and how much an individual department should
be charged for its use of services.

Clients are seeing real value by moving their development tests and development operations
or DevOps works to the cloud. Cloud can speed the development and deployment for new
applications and reduce the time needed for the development process. We also are seeing
some clients move workloads to cloud that they were not ready to move just a few years ago.
These include information-intensive applications and applications with sensitive data.
Network availability, as well as well defined cloud security frameworks, can facilitate moving
some of these workloads.

Some applications, however, are not ready for cloud. These include applications with complex
processes and transactions that may require excessive reengineering, as well as highly
customized applications. In addition, applications that are not yet virtualized may receive few
benefits from a cloud model.

12 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.12 Infrastructure as a Service

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Infrastructure as a Service

 An infrastructure service provider makes an entire computing


infrastructure available “as a service”.
 Manages a large pool of computing resources and uses
virtualization to assign and dynamically resize customer resources.
 Customers subscribe to processing capacity, memory, data storage,
and networking resources that are provisioned over a network.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-9 Infrastructure as a Service

Notes:
Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) is a way of delivering cloud-computing infrastructure,
including servers, storage, network, and operating systems, as an on-demand service. Rather
than purchasing servers, software, data center space, or network equipment, clients instead
buy those resources as a fully outsourced service on demand.

“Two guys in a Starbucks can have access to the same computing power as a Fortune 500
company” - Jim Deters, Founder - Galvanize

Infrastructure services are built on top of a standardized, secure, and scalable infrastructure.
Some level of redundancy needs to be built into the infrastructure to ensure the high
availability and elasticity of resources.

Software automation is typically used to provision and de-provision services.

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 13


1.13 Example IaaS use case: Website publishing scenario

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Example IaaS use case: Website publishing scenario

 Common use cases include taking advantage of a public cloud’s


geographic distribution to publish applications so they are available
to a wide range of users.
Developers and tester teams
provision virtual resources on
the cloud.
They take advantage of Public Infrastructure as a Service Cloud
private network zones, limited
access to resources, and From dev instance
image templates for a secure DEVELOPMENT Capture image
and agile environment. Developer
Private Network Zone
From dev image template Create virtual
Develop Separate Accounts
server
Clients access the published
Virtual Instances from From prod image template
website available through the
Internet. custom images Setup firewall, VLAN, Network services
Use of multiple geographic load balancer
zones, network points of
presence, load balancers, Visit PRODUCTION
and content distribution Disaster recovery Replicate storage
services ensure optimal Network Elements
response times. Client such as Load Balances Expand storage for production Create block
Firewalls storage

System Administrators Manage Virtual Instances and From prod image template Create bare metal
maintain instances and Bare Metal Servers server
provision new resources on
demand through the Cloud
interface or API for the
customer production
environment
. Sysadmin
12 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-10 Example IaaS use case: Website publishing scenario

Notes:
IaaS can be used for any type of environment (development, test, and production) and can
support a wide variety of applications.

This simplified use case shows how a client can leverage IaaS to set up a development
environment that provides cheap virtual servers from standard templates that contain
development tools, and also maintain a production environment that takes advantage of the
cloud’s global footprint.

14 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.14 Platform as a Service

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Platform as a Service
 Service provider supplies the software platform or middleware where
the applications run in addition to the underlying infrastructure.
 The customer is responsible for the creation, updating, and
maintenance of the application that sits atop the platform.
 Common platform environments include Java Application Servers,
NodeJS, Python, PHP, Go, and more, with services commonly
provided for SQL and NOSQL data stores.

13 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-11 Platform as a Service

Notes:
Platform as a service (PaaS) can be used to quickly and easily create and maintain
applications without the complexity of maintaining the software stack (such as application
servers) or the infrastructure underneath it.

Installing, configuring, licensing, patching and maintaining the software stack is performed by
the cloud vendor so that the customer can focus on developing and maintaining their
application.

Some of the PaaS offerings on the market include IBM Bluemix®, IBM CMS4Oracle, IBM
CMS4SAP, Heroku, Google App Engine and AWS Elastic Beanstalk.

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 15


1.15 Software as a Service

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Software as a Service

 The service provider is responsible for the creation, updating, and


maintenance of the software and application.
 The service user accesses the service through Internet-based
interfaces.

14 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-12 Software as a Service

Notes:
SaaS is software delivery method that provides access to software and its functions remotely
(typically as a web-based service). Software as a Service allows organizations to access
business functionality at a cost typically less than paying for licensed applications. Because
software is hosted remotely, organizations do not need to invest in additional hardware.
Software as a Service removes the need for organizations to handle the installation, setup,
and maintenance.

Under the SaaS model, the software provider is responsible for the creation, updating, and
maintenance of software, including the responsibility for licensing the software. Customers
usually rent the software on a per usage basis, or buy a subscription to access it that includes
a separate license for each person who uses the software. Upgrades and new features are
typically included as part of the on-going application lifecycle.

In this model, the service user only accesses the service itself, and not the platform or the
infrastructure the service is running on. The service is usually accessed as a web application
or as a wrapped web services application invoked by using web services APIs.

16 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.16 Implications of Cloud Computing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Business benefits
Development model benefits
Industry impact

IMPLICATIONS OF CLOUD
COMPUTING

15 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-13 Implications of Cloud Computing

Notes:
(none)

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 17


1.17 Business benefits of Cloud Computing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Business benefits of Cloud Computing

Ut ilit y prici ng CAP EX t o OPE X

th rough P ay as you go
Ec onom ies of s cale

th rough
On-demand prov is ioning
Cost reduc tion

th rough
Elas tic ity Multi tenanc y

th rough
S calability Centraliz at ion
Univ ersal ac cess

Benef its th rough Consoli dat ion

A gil ity and S elf-Servic e provi sioning


th rough Utili zation eff ici enc y
f lex ibilit y

Multiple si tes
th rough

th rough
Reliabili ty Higher availability options
th rough
Data c ent raliz ation
Dis as ter rec overy
th rough
of ferings Auditi ng and compliance

Sec urit y Patc hi ng and maintenanc e

16 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-14 Business benefits of Cloud Computing

Notes:
These are potential benefits from a business point of view. Benefits will vary depending on the
use case, workload, cloud provider, capabilities, and so on.

18 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.18 Development benefits of Cloud Computing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Development benefits of Cloud Computing

Readily availabl e sand box and


Choices
p roduction environments
 Pre-built boilerplates and  Programming languages
solutions, such as patterns  Runtimes
 Easy to create and tear-down  Databases
 Environment set up in minutes ,  Services
not days
 Programmatically configurable

Integrated developme nt and Securely connect to existing


d ebug applications and da ta
 DevOps  Integration services
 Version control, build process,
deployment pipelines

17 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-15 Development benefits of Cloud Computing

Notes:
The following are benefits from a developer point of view.

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 19


1.19 Industry impact

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Industry impact

A disruptive change in the IT industry

 New computing model that is different from traditional IT computing


models
 Based on virtualization, high-speed Internet connectivity

Demand for dynamic and responsive IT

 Short-duration application lifecycle


 Requires new processes, application design, and development
environment

18 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-16 Industry impact

Notes:
Reference: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disruptive_innovation

Companies are embracing new business models and disruptive technologies to help them
become more agile, competitive and innovative.

20 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.20 IaaS: Common storage models

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Block storage
File storage
Object storage

IAAS: COMMON STORAGE


MODELS

19 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-17 IaaS: Common storage models

Notes:
(none)

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 21


1.21 Overview of storage options

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Overview of storage options

 The main types of storage you will encounter are block, file, and
object storage.
 Driving design considerations are performance, resilience, data
type, and data access methods.

Block Storage Object Storage File Storage

# Attributes
Meta
Data

# #
# Object

# #
#
Data ID
# #
#

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-18 Overview of storage options

Notes:
IaaS Storage Considerations There are several options with regards to the storage that
CAN be used for the cloud. The important design
consideration is the type of data that you are intending to
store and the performance that your design requires. The
main types of storage are Block, File, and Object.
Block Storage In IaaS computing, Block Storage refers to what you
associate with storage area networks (SANs) where a block
(a sequence of bytes and bits) is stored in a data buffer that
then reads or writes an entire block at a time. Reading and
writing in blocks reduces the processor usage and increases
performance. They also support snapshots and replication.
Volumes can be provisioned in your desired storage
capacity, from 20 GB to 12 TB, and at your desired IOPS tier
to support a variety of application needs.
Object Storage Object Storage is different from Block Storage in that data is
stored as objects rather than blocks. This means that each
object includes the data, metadata, and a globally unique
identifier. Object storage can be implemented at multiple
levels, including device, system, and interface level. In each
case, object storage seeks to enable capabilities not
addressed by other storage architectures.

22 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


File Storage File Storage here refers to network-attached storage (NAS),
which is a file-level computer data store connected to a
computer network. NAS is specialized for serving files either
by its hardware, software, or configuration.

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 23


1.22 IaaS: SoftLayer public cloud

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Overview of SoftLayer Public Cloud: IaaS

IAAS: SOFTLAYER PUBLIC


CLOUD

21 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-19 IaaS: SoftLayer public cloud

Notes:
(none)

24 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


1.23 IaaS products and services overview (SoftLayer)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

IaaS products and services overview (SoftLayer)

 IaaS provides various compute and I/O resources as services to


customers.
 Example list of products and services typically found in IaaS
offerings (SoftLayer presented as an example).

Networking Storage Servers

Load Network Block Object Bare metal Virtual


balancing appliances File storage servers servers
storage storage

Domain Content delivery Server


Direct link Backup
services network software

Management Developers Security

Monitoring & Management Security


Controls API Email delivery Message queue Firewalls
reporting tools software

Managed Digital SL development SSL


Support Compliance
hosting transcoding network certificates

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-20 IaaS products and services overview (SoftLayer)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 1. Understanding the IaaS approach 25


1.24 Key takeaways: Cloud Computing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Key takeaways: Cloud Computing

Essential Deployment
Service models Adoption
characteristics models

 On-demand  Private  Software as a  Cloud adoption


self-service  Community Service (SaaS) and migration
 Broad network  Public  Platform as a is workload
access Service (PaaS) driven
 Hybrid
 Resource  Infrastructure  Different
Pooling as a Service workloads are
 Rapid elasticity (IaaS) a better fit for
IaaS, PaaS, or
 Measured
SaaS in public,
service
private, or
hybrid models

23 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 1-21 Key takeaways: Cloud Computing

Notes:
(none)

26 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud


computing
This unit describes these considerations for platform architecture:
򐂰 Typical IaaS offerings
򐂰 What an IaaS provider should offer
򐂰 Location Location Location
򐂰 SoftLayer presence
򐂰 Network architecture
򐂰 The triple network architecture
򐂰 The data center
򐂰 The Orchestration Management System (OMS)
򐂰 The full overview
򐂰 The management web interface
򐂰 Monitor/Control/Change
򐂰 Account administration
򐂰 Adding users to your account
򐂰 Defining permissions for users
򐂰 Permission templates
򐂰 Defining instance access

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 27


2.1 What you should be able to do
At the end of this unit, you should be able to:
򐂰 Identify typical IaaS offerings, and understand what sets SoftLayer apart.
򐂰 Describe the triple network architecture.
򐂰 Identify the benefits of the IBM cloud network.
򐂰 Use the SoftLayer Customer Portal to order, monitor, and control instances.
򐂰 Create users and permissions.

2.2 Teaching topics


This unit covers the following topics:
򐂰 Typical IaaS offerings: What sets SoftLayer apart from other cloud service providers
(CSPs) concerning bare metal, virtual, API, and network.
򐂰 The triple network architecture: Describes the unique triple network, and SoftLayer
Infrastructure Management System (IBM IMS™).
򐂰 SoftLayer locations: Datacenter location and rapid expansion, data center standardized
PoD design, network point of presence (PoP).
򐂰 One Portal to control them all: Describes the Customer Portal.
򐂰 Using the portal to order instances: How to order new instances in the portal.
򐂰 Using the portal to monitor / control instances: How to check health and perform actions.
򐂰 Creating user(s) in the portal: How to create and set up users and permissions.

28 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.3 Typical IaaS offerings

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Typical IaaS offerings

Other IaaS providers

Bare Metal Servers Virtual Servers

SoftLayer

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-1 Typical IaaS offerings

Notes:
Usually when selecting from the offerings of Cloud Service Providers (CSPs), you can choose
either virtual servers or bare metal servers. However, if you wish to mix the two in a single
environment, at present SoftLayer is the only provider offering. You can, for example, have a
setup consisting of two bare metal servers and five virtual ones.

Note that there are providers of cloud services who are also providers of hosting and
outsourcing services, but they do not do so within the same implementation. Currently
SoftLayer is the only IaaS provider who uses the same provisioning and services tools in an
integrated fashion for both virtual servers and bare metal servers.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 29


2.4 What an IaaS provider could offer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

What an IaaS provider could offer

Se rver s Stora ge Networking Security De velope rs Managem ent

Bare Metal Blo ck S torage Load Bal anci ng Software AP I Controls


S ervers

V irtual Servers F ile S torage Network Firewall s Em ai l Deli very Mon itoring and
Appl iances Rep orti ng

S oftware Obj ect S torage Dom ai n Services SSL Certificates Message Queue Management
Too ls

Backup Private WAN Com pli ance Digi tal Managed


Interface Transco ding Services

Content Deli very Developer Su pport


Netwo rk Comm unity

A full, end-to-end IaaS offering includes a dvanced ma nagement and a full


featured set of APIs

Almost everything can be mixed and matched, making the platform very
flexible and adaptable to most customer needs.

4 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-2 What an IaaS provider could offer

Notes:
IaaS is more than just servers on a network. It includes additional services to ensure stability,
adaptability, and security, which are on most customers’ wish lists.

Before choosing a IaaS or cloud provider, ensure that your needs will be met and that the
provider offers a means for you to manage as much of the setup yourself. This is important to
avoiding wasting time communicating back and forth before you see the results. When using
cloud, one of the parameters you look for is how fast you are able to get what you need.

Compared to other IaaS providers, SoftLayer has many possible combinations of the
services, so some technical knowledge is recommended when ordering. In addition, you
should also have a design plan. You can change your environment later, but while it is easy to
add storage, CPU, and memory to instances, changing the network itself is much trickier.
Therefore, plan your network carefully before making any changes.

Many of the service shown in the graphic will be described in detail in the later units.

30 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.5 Location location location

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Location location location

When you look at real estate, one of the key parameters is location. The same
should be the case when choosing a cloud provider.

Cloud provider Datacenter


Customers

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-3 Location location location

Notes:
Location is a key parameter when buying real estate, and it should also be a key parameter
when choosing your IaaS provider.

If you have customers or potential customers all over the world, look for a provider who has
data centers near the key potential markets because internet customers have little patience
and will not wait for data to load or web pages to respond.

In the above graphic, the only datacenter is in the United States, and customers in Europe
and Africa are unlikely to be happy about the response times.

Additionally, there might be laws dictating where your data should be stored. For example,
many European countries have laws that certain data is not allowed to be stored or even
transported outside of Europe or their own country.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 31


2.6 SoftLayer presence

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer presence

This is the current global footprint for SoftLayer as of July 2015. More
datacenters are being added on an almost monthly basis.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-4 SoftLayer presence

Notes:
An example of a IaaS provider who has a global footprint is SoftLayer, which has data centers
all over the world and is adding new ones almost monthly. The lines on the picture are not just
for show because each all the data centers are connected by a private network. This will be
covered in more detail in one of the next slides.

SoftLayer datacenters consist of Point of Presence (PoP) locations and Point of Delivery
(PoD) locations.

SoftLayer PoPs are locations which connects SoftLayer PoDs to SoftLayer's global, private,
resilient private network, to customer's private Wide Area Networks (via Direct Link) and to
the Internet.

Both SoftLayer customers and the end users of SoftLayer customers' applications benefit with
SoftLayer's extensive PoP because it reduces the distance that they must traverse on the
open Internet before reaching SoftLayer's private, resilient, high speed global network to
reach SoftLayer PoDs where a customer's compute and storage reside.

SoftLayer PoDs are where SoftLayer services are delivered from including compute and
storage. The next slide shows a SoftLayer PoD.

32 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.7 The datacenter

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

The datacenter

Network
Power
Backup Battery
Generators

Server Storage
Racks

Environmental
Controls
Security

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-5 The datacenter

Notes:
When choosing an IaaS provider, consider how the datacenter is set up to ensure that you get
the uptime and reliability you need and pay for, and that your customers expect.

Make sure that they have backup batteries, generators, and environmental controls to ensure
continued operation during a power outage or worse. Make sure that they have contingency
plans and that these plans as well as their equipment are reviewed and maintained regularly.
You are placing your business in their hands.

A SoftLayer datacenter consist of four or more PoDs. The following are the standard
specifications for a PoD as of July 2015:
򐂰 10000 ft2 (930 Sqm)
򐂰 2 megawatts of power
򐂰 150 racks
򐂰 4000 physical nodes
򐂰 N+1 generators (N+1 meaning 1 more than is actually required)
򐂰 N+1 battery backups (N+1 meaning 1 more than is actually required)
򐂰 An additional number of load balancers, firewalls, and storage units

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 33


2.8 Network architecture

I BM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Network architecture
The reliabi lity of an IaaS cloud's network is very important because the
ne twork is the way in which a cloud customer and their end u sers interact with
their IaaS cloud services.

An IaaS provider could have a network setup that looks like this. Note th at this
example is from SoftLayer. Other providers might have a different network
setup, such as only a public network.
Public Network

Customers
P ri vate Net work

M anagem ent
network

Management c onsole
 Publ ic network to service customers
 Private network for inter-server communication
 Managemen t network for console access, maintenance, and so on

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-6 Network architecture

Notes:
Note that this example is from SoftLayer. Other providers might have a different network
setup, such as only one public network without a private or management network.

34 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.9 Triple network architecture

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Triple network architecture


Storage Infrastructure

iSCSI
Firewall
12
34
Network Load
Security Balancer
127.
VPN Edge Router MPLS VPN IMS Services
Firewall

Public Network Management Network Private Network

Public network Management network Private network


Unlimited inbound Unlimited bandwidth Unlimited bandwidth
bandwidth
Port speeds up to Gigabit port speed Port speeds up to
10 Gbps 10 Gbps
Multiple internet Operating system Centralized storage
backbone connections reloads, changes, and resources
console access

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-7 Triple network architecture

Notes:
SoftLayer’s triple network architecture is very unique not only because it segregates network
traffic from the public network (for example Internet, VPN) from the private network (SoftLayer
PoD to SoftLayer PoD, Direct Link, customer administrative access) and management
network (SoftLayer services) where as other cloud providers lump all this traffic into one
network, but also because unlike many IaaS providers SoftLayer does not charge usage fees
for SoftLayer customers moving data across the Private Network between a customer's
environments in multiple SoftLayer PoDs. The SoftLayer private resilient private network
enables lighting fast communication between SoftLayer PoDs.

With the private network that runs between data centers and PoPs, you can transfer data at
high speeds to other SoftLayer data centers. This also means that you can have redundant
setups in different SoftLayer data centers across the globe where data is synchronized at high
speeds at no extra cost. You can also use SoftLayer patch servers and software repositories.

This setup also benefits any clients/customers around the world because no matter in which
SoftLayer datacenter your solutions are hosted, the customer only has to reach the nearest
datacenter or PoP before Soft Layer's own network takes over, minimizing the number of
network hops and handoffs between providers.

The management network allows you, via VPN, to connect to the servers and perform OS
reloads, power off/on operations, and monitor your server using keyboard, video, and mouse
(KVM) over IP, and get console access to it.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 35


2.10 The Orchestration Management System

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

The Orchestration Management System

Infras tructure Managem ent Sys tem pr ovid es o rchestra ti on and a utomatio n
U ni que Triple Ne twork Ar chite cture a llo ws se amle ss co mmu nica ti on acro ss d istrib uted envi ronme nts

x8 6 Data C enter Pod x8 6 D ata Ce nte r Pod x86 Da ta Center Pod

Bare Metal Se rvers Vi sual Serve r Instan ces Pri vate C lou ds

The Orchestrati on Management System is a key component in the automation


an d interaction with IaaS services and services such as:
• Provisioning/de provisioning
• Billing
• API calls
• Logging
• Alerts
These services are made possible by Infrastructure Management System
(IMS) being present and helping with the automation.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-8 The Orchestration Management System

Notes:
To tie the entire infrastructure together, an IaaS provider will likely use an orchestration
management system (OMS).

An OMS handles all interactions with your instances and services from provisioning to restart
and logging. Billing and API calls also pass through IMS (Infrastructure Management
System), which then handles the automation required to make your orders happen. This is
even true for bare metal servers.

SoftLayer is the provider that has the richest set of application programming interfaces (APIs)
that allow you to interact directly with the backend system via IMS. The functions available
using the API allows you to perform remote server management, monitoring and retrieving
information from the various systems such as accounting, inventory, and DNS. Basically, if an
action can be performed by using the customer portal, there will be an API for it as well. The
customer portal is covered later in this unit, the API in a later unit.

The API uses Representational State Transfer (REST), and many of the most popular
programming languages can be used with it (Python, C#, Perl, PHP, and more). This way,
SoftLayer customers can control the entire environment from their applications.

36 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.11 Sample IaaS datacenter

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Sample IaaS datacenter

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-9 Sample IaaS datacenter

Notes:
Now that we covered most of the infrastructure, we can now see the big picture of what an
IaaS datacenter looks like when it is deployed. This slide shows how a SoftLayer datacenter
is set up. The general structure does not greatly vary from SoftLayer PoD location to location
around the world.

You can see that the outside users come in through the PoP through the public network, and
that the PoP is connected to the other PoPs and the datacenter.

Inside the datacenter, you can see what is available/accessible on the public network and that
you can order firewall and load balancers, both of which will be covered later.

You can also see which parts of the infrastructure are on the private network, such as
instance storage, update servers, DNS, API servers, and so on.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 37


2.12 Checkpoint

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Checkpoint

 Why do the location s of the IaaS providers' data centers matter?


 How many power generators should an IaaS provider have?
 What are the three network types an IaaS provider can have?
 Which network should console access be delivered on?
 What is the Orchestration Management System?

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-10 Checkpoint

Notes:
(none)

38 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.13 Checkpoint (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Checkpoint
 Why do the locations of the IaaS providers' data centers matter?
Location = Da ta Privacy, Laten cy, Resi liency considerations . Some
cou ntries require data to remain in country. Deploying applications closer
to the end users can reduce latency and improve end user response time s
in accessing and utilizing the application. Having diverse locations allows a
customer to replicate their data between data centers to mitigate risk from
man -made and natural disasters.
 How many power generators should an IaaS provi der have ?
N+1 backup p ower ge nerators and fail-over battery systems are two ways
to provide better reliabil ity of power for their data center..
 What are the three network types an IaaS p rovider can h ave?
Public, Private, and Management.
 Which network should console access be delivered on?
Management network.
 What is the Orchestration Mana gement System?
OMS handles all interactions to the servers, be they API calls or server
restarts . © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-11 Checkpoint (2)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 39


2.14 Management web interface

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Management web interface

The management web interface is the control center for all of your accounts,
devices, users, and services.

Most IaaS providers will have something similar to it.

14 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-12 Management web interface

Notes:
The management web interface is the one place to go to administer your account. You can
think of it as the entrance to your data center because you can do the same things here as
you would be able to in a physical datacenter. The slide shows the SoftLayer customer portal.

Protect your password to the portal and make sure that when you give users access to the
portal that they only have the rights that they need.

Most IaaS providers will have a similar control portal.

40 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.15 Management web interface capabilities

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Management web interface capabilities

Within the customer portal, you can:


 Order, cancel or modify resources on servers. You can also set up firewalls,
back up solutions, and basically everything that you would be able to do in
a physical data center.
 View performance details and control your bare metal and virtual servers,
control the power states of your instances, view bandwidth graphs, test
network availability, reboot, and so on.
 Manage your account, set up billing information, see invoices past and
present, reset your password, and add users to your SoftLayer account.
 Get support by chatting with Softlayer’s support team or submit support
tickets, and view valuable technical tutorials and information.

15 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-13 Management web interface capabilities

Notes:
The offerings of the SoftLayer customer portal are shown here, but similar offerings should be
available at any IaaS provider on their management web interface

The SoftLayer customer portal offers more than 200 services, which are based on the APIs
that are also available to you. This means that you can perform any action available in the
portal (and more) from a script, or even make your own portal encapsulating the APIs. APIs
are covered in a later unit.

SoftLayer also offers a mobile version of the portal that can run on smartphones where you
can perform many of the same tasks as in the main portal. Other providers might have mobile
apps as well.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 41


2.16 Monitor/control/change instances from the web interface

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Monitor/control/change instances from the web interface

Using the management web interface, you have full control over every
aspect of your instance and can perform these tasks for each server:

 Monitor status
 Modify the configuration
 Open support tickets
 Monitor bandwidth usage
 Check audit logs (Security)
 View and edit passwords
 View and edit storage

16 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-14 Monitor/control/change instances from the web interface

Notes:
From the web interface, you have fine-grained control over every aspect of your instances.
Because almost everything is automated, you have even more control of the instance than if
you had hands on access.

You can add or remove memory and CPU, check the bandwidth used, connect and
disconnect the network interfaces, and even modify the speed with which they operate. Some
of these actions might require a restart.

If you suspect something is not working properly on the server or just need to be certain that
the server is running, you can set up specific monitoring agents. These will be covered in a
later unit.

42 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.17 Monitor/control/change instances

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Monitor/control/change instances

Servers can be customized on the fly from the portal.

17 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-15 Monitor/control/change instances

Notes:
This slide shows the view that you get when you click the Configuration details for a device in
the SoftLayer customer portal. It shows the current configuration and status of your server.
You can disconnect or connect the network interfaces, order a reload of the OS, and modify
the memory and CPU from this view. Storage is managed in the Storage tab.

You can also order a firewall, not shown in the image, to add security to your server. Firewalls
will be covered later.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 43


2.18 Account administration

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Account administration

In the web interface, we can see a full overview


of your account and can perform these tasks:
 View quotes and pending orders.
 Cancel orders or your entire account.
 Place orders.
 View invoices.
 Manage users and passwords.
 Manage VPN access and passwords.
 Manage your company profile and contact
information.
 Subscribe to alerts from Softlayer to be notified
of incidents that could affect your systems.

18 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-16 Account administration

Notes:
The portal provides more control than just hardware and network topics. The portal also
provides good tools. You can perform the following tasks inside the portal:
򐂰 You can place orders or get quotes. You can also see orders waiting for approval and
approve or void them.
򐂰 In the billing section, you can see you past and present total invoices for the account and
the current balance to be invoiced.
򐂰 You can manage users (adding, deleting, disabling, and changing passwords), and grant
and revoke user permissions. This topic is covered in the next slides.
򐂰 You can control who has VPN Access and reset their passwords.
򐂰 You can subscribe to alerts so that you are notified should something happen at the
datacenter or network that would affect the availability of your services. You can also
change your company profile and contact persons as well as view the audit log for the
portal.

44 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.19 Adding users to your account

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Adding users to your account

The password to the web interface is the key to your server room.
Guard it carefully.

19 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-17 Adding users to your account

Notes:
Adding a user to your account is easy, but remember that giving a user access to the web
interface essentially gives that user access to your server room and everything within. You
can limit this by using permissions, which are covered in the next slides, but it is still
recommended to have strict passwords rules and security policies.

Adding two factor authentication is also an option to add more security, which will be covered
in a later unit.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 45


2.20 Defining permissions for users

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Defining permission for users

The following security categories exist in the web interface:

• Support: Ticket handling


• Devices: Device management (servers, firewalls, load balancers)
• Network: IP Addresses, VLAN, Gateways, VPN, Subnets.
• Security: Compliance report
• Services: Management or monitoring of additional services such
as images, licenses, provisioning scripts, and vulnerability
scanning
• Account: Options related to the account such as account
information, payment methods, password reset, user
management, canceling of servers, and some services that would
require pauses such as storage and upgrades

20 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-18 Defining permissions for users

Notes:
In the SoftLayer customer portal, the security permissions are divided into six categories:
򐂰 Support
򐂰 Devices
򐂰 Network
򐂰 Security
򐂰 Services
򐂰 Account

The Support tab allows you to view and edit tickets.

The Devices tabs allows you to manage the hardware/virtual hardware devices you have such
as servers, firewalls, and load balancers. Device access is controlled in a separate
permission set that is covered in later slides.

The Network tab gives you access to the network settings such as IP addresses, Subnets,
VLAN spanning, VPN, and gateways.

The Security tab allows you to request a compliance report.

The Services tab allows you to manage other services offered such as images, licenses,
provisioning scripts, and vulnerability scanning.

46 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


Account provides access to options related either directly to the account such as information
about the company and payment methods, but also the permissions to request services that
will incur a charge and to cancel servers.

Other IaaS providers should also have a way of setting permissions in their management web
interfaces.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 47


2.21 Default permission templates

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Default permission templates


Master
Account User ID

View Only User Basic User Super User Custom User

 View Tickets  View tickets Full access to everything Any combination you wish
including cancelling devices
 View hardware details  Add/edit tickets
and changing account
 View bandwidth statistics  View hardware details information.
 View CDN bandwidth  Manage servers, firewalls Unlike the master account
statistics and load balancers ID, a super user account
cannot be deleted.
 View licenses  Add IP addresses
 View account summary  View CDN bandwidth
statistics
 View licenses
 Manage DNS and antivirus
 Perform vulnerability
scanning
 View account summary
 Manage notifications and
subscribers

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-19 Default permission templates

Notes:
The master account user can do everything and cannot be deleted. Generally, do not use this
account for daily use. Rather, create users with permissions based on the roles they will
perform.

The SoftLayer customer portal has three default permission templates that you can apply.
However, but you will likely need to create custom users and use the templates as a base for
those users.
򐂰 The View Only User has the privileges to view tickets and basic statistics.
򐂰 The Basic User can manage almost everything concerning servers and devices, but
cannot cancel a device. If a basic user orders a service that incurs a charge, someone
who can approve charges to the account must approve it before the service is processed.
򐂰 The Super User has the same rights as the master account. Carefully consider whether
you really need another user with that much authority. If you do, there should not be many
of these for security reasons.

If other IaaS providers do not have templates, you will have to create them or manually set
permissions for each user.

48 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.22 Defining instance access

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Defining instance access

The access to instances through the web interface or API can be granted per
user either per instance or sorted by type:
 All Devices: Access is granted to all instances, both virtual and bare metal.
 All Virtual Servers: Access is granted to virtual servers only.
 All Hardware: Access is granted to all bare metal servers.

The user can access the server if they have a user ID and a password to the
server.
22 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-20 Defining instance access

Notes:
Although the previous permission set could seem to indicate that you have access to
instances based on them alone, this is not the case. If using SoftLayer, you will need to set
the permissions for the user and decide which instances, if any, that user is able to access.
Other IaaS providers might do this differently

The permissions that you set can be even more fine-grained if you use the quick filters. Quick
filters allow you to grant permission automatically to the user for any future instances of the
same type. Account here means user account.

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 49


2.23 Checkpoint

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint
 What can you compare the management web interface to?
 Can you power off your server from the management web interface?
 Can you view your account invoices in the management web interface?
 Can you disconnect your server from the network in the management web
interface?
 Can you give a user access to only virtual servers from the management
web interface?

23 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-21 Checkpoint

Notes:
(none)

50 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


2.24 Checkpoint (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint
 What can you compare the management web interface to?
The server room
 Can you power off your server from the management web interface?
Yes
 Can you view your account invoices in the management web interface?
Yes, both for the account and for individual devices
 Can you disconnect your server from the network in the management web
interface?
Yes, you can disconnect both public and private networks, but not the
management network
 Can you give a user access to only virtual servers from the management web
interface?
Yes it is possible and also grants access to virtual servers provisioned in
the future

24 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 2-22 Checkpoint (2)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 2. Platform architecture for cloud computing 51


52 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
3

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud


computing
This unit describes:
򐂰 The types of servers available in IaaS cloud offerings, and their primary
򐂰 Characteristics, usage, and advantages
򐂰 What options are available for each server type
򐂰 How you can order, configure, inspect, access, and cancel servers
򐂰 How you can customize the server configuration, and mix and match bare metal servers
and virtual servers to build cloud environments that respond to your business needs.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 53


3.1 What you should be able to do
Upon completion of this unit, you should be able to:
򐂰 Recognize and explain the difference between various server types in offerings of IaaS
service providers, such as bare metal, public virtual, and private virtual instances with
hourly and monthly billing.
򐂰 Order a virtual server from the SoftLayer Customer Portal with hourly billing.
򐂰 Order a SoftLayer bare metal server with monthly billing and local drives configured as
RAID.
򐂰 Access provisioned servers and verify their configuration and connectivity.
򐂰 Cancel servers.

3.2 References
The following items are useful for further research:
򐂰 Erl, Thomas; Puttini, Ricardo; Mahmood, Zaigham, Cloud Computing: Concepts,
Technology & Architecture, Prentice Hall, 2013
򐂰 Virtual Server on the SoftLayer KnowledgeLayer®:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/topic/virtual-server-0
򐂰 Bare Metal Server on the SoftLayer KnowledgeLayer:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/topic/bare-metal-server-0
򐂰 Cabling a SoftLayer Data Center Server Rack:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jLgvDValxFE
򐂰 SoftLayer Amsterdam - AMS01 Data Center Tour:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uOMIg9lggiI

3.3 Teaching topics


The following topics are covered in this unit:
򐂰 Compute nodes in IaaS cloud
򐂰 Server offerings in SoftLayer IaaS cloud: Virtual servers (public and private node), bare
metal servers (with hourly and monthly billing)
򐂰 Ordering and provisioning servers
򐂰 Inspecting and managing servers, upgrading and downgrading
򐂰 Accessing and working with provisioned servers
򐂰 Canceling servers

54 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.4 Compute Nodes in IaaS Cloud

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Compute Nodes in IaaS Cloud

 Premise of cloud computing: Remote “on demand” self-service access


to virtualized resources, with “pay per use” billing
 Crucial resources: Computing instances (“compute nodes” – servers)
 Traditionally, cloud compute nodes were virtual servers in multi-tenant
environment (“virtual public nodes”)
 SoftLayer extends the traditional concept of cloud computing instances
by including these concepts:
– Dedicated physical servers (“bare metal”)
– Single-tenant virtual servers (“virtual private nodes”)
– Available hourly and monthly billing

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-1 Compute Nodes in IaaS Cloud

Notes:
Cloud computing is the buzzword of recent years, and it changes the way companies run their
IT divisions. It came to life not as a single new idea, but by joining existing ideas that were
known for years. This synergy was the source of progress, which is how much of the progress
in IT happens.

The following are the ideas that combined to form the cloud:
򐂰 Remote access to computers: People realized that “non-personal”, corporate computers
are mostly accessed remotely using Internet protocols that were invented in the 1970s.
򐂰 Virtualization: Machines became so powerful that they could efficiently “pretend” to be
other machines. Virtualization was first used by IBM in the 1960s
򐂰 The Metering and “pay per use” billing model, used in the utility industry.

As opposed to customer clouds that are mainly used for storage, in business environments
the computing instances (also called compute nodes) are the crucial cloud resources.
Traditionally, those were virtual machines provisioned in the provider’s data centers.

IBM SoftLayer pioneered extending the concept of compute node types, adding bare metal
servers to the traditional virtual servers, and making virtualization a choice, not a mandate.

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 55


3.5 IaaS cloud server offerings (SoftLayer)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

IaaS cloud server offerings (SoftLayer)

SoftLayer IaaS server offerings

Virtual servers (private node) Virtual servers (public node)


Bare metal servers
Virtual machines deployed in Virtual machines deployed in
Dedicated (single-tenant)
single-tenant hardware multi-tenant hardware
physical hardware servers
environment environment

Hourly Monthly Hourly Monthly Hourly Monthly

We will discuss virtual servers first.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-2 IaaS cloud server offerings (SoftLayer)

Notes:
As you can see when ordering SoftLayer servers, there are three types: Bare metal, virtual
(private node), and virtual (public node).

Let’s start with virtual servers. Those are traditional virtual machines created and run using
virtualization mechanisms by a hypervisor running on a host machine.

What is the difference between public and private nodes? It has to do with the concept of
tenancy.

A private node is run on a host machine that is dedicated to one customer of the cloud
provider (single tenant).

A public node is run on a host machine that is shared between multiple customers
(multi-tenant).

56 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.6 Virtual Servers - Public node

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Virtual Servers – Public node

 Virtual machines are deployed in a multi-tenant hardware environment


 The hypervisor, Citrix Xen®, is fully managed by SoftLayer
 Up to 16 2-GHz cores
 Up to 64 GB RAM

Can be provisioned in 15 minutes or less

11 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-3 Virtual Servers - Public node

Notes:
Public virtual servers are deployed in a multi-tenant environment. It is the most traditional
model in cloud computing. They can use up to 16 2-GHz cores, and up to 64 GB of RAM.

The Virtual Server cores are “virtual” cores, which are half of a physical hyper-threaded Intel
core.

Linux instances are usually provisioned faster than Windows instances, and they are all up
and running in the matter of a few minutes.

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 57


3.7 Virtual Servers - Public node (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Virtual Servers – Public node

Advantages:
 Fast provisioning
 Affordable solution for deployments without stringent performance
or compliance requirements, where resource sharing is OK
 Hourly billing offers flexibility
 Deployments can be automatically scaled up and down
 Typical use is for LAMP-based web servers
Because public virtual servers share physical resources of the host
hardware with other public virtual servers, you may observe fluctuations
in performance (the “noisy neighbor effect”).

12 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-4 Virtual Servers - Public node (2)

Notes:
This is the most cost-effective and option, with fastest provisioning.

Two levels of billing granularity are available: Hourly and monthly. Some features available
only with monthly billing.

Public virtual servers are used for Autoscaling groups that can be defined in the SoftLayer
customer portal.

Because of multi-tenancy, your public virtual server’s share of the host machine resources
might vary depending on usage of public virtual servers of other SoftLayer customers sharing
the host. This is unpredictable. SoftLayer will not allow your public virtual server to be starved
to death, but its performance may go up and down within some limits.

Typical usage of public virtual servers is for LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP)
deployments that can tolerate lower resource levels.

58 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.8 Virtual Servers - Private node

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Virtual Servers – Private node

 Virtual machines deployed in single-tenant


hardware environment
 Fewer CPU choices and higher prices than public nodes
 When you order your first virtual private server, you
get a dedicated physical host machine to house your
virtual server.
 Subsequent private virtual servers that you order are
provisioned on the same host, so you are the only
tenant on that host.
 You get single-tenant private cloud fully managed
by cloud provider.
 Other features such as public virtual nodes.
No “noisy neighbor effect”, so it is better suited for deployments with
more stringent performance or compliance requirements because there
is no host resource sharing between customers.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-5 Virtual Servers - Private node

Notes:
Private Virtual servers are single-tenant. The host that runs your virtual server is running
exclusively on your virtual servers, with no virtual servers of other customers. This option has
fewer CPU choices, and is more expensive.

The hypervisor and below is still managed by SoftLayer, so you end up with a private cloud
managed by the IaaS provider.

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 59


3.9 All virtual servers:

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

All virtual servers:

 Can be provisioned with Windows Server OS, or several types of Linux.


 First and second disk can be local or SAN, plus up to three extra SAN disks
(for a total of 5).
 Local disks can be 25/100-300 GB, and SAN disks can be up to 2 TB each.
 Can have uplink port speeds of up to 1 Gbps.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-6 All virtual servers:

Notes:
For all virtual servers, there is a choice of operating systems. including multiple versions of
Windows Server and Linux, and even an operating system for Vyatta network appliance
(discussed in Advanced Networking unit).

Virtual servers can have up to 5 (virtual) disks. The first two can be local.

SoftLayer updates, features, and prices change periodically to stay competitive in the market
and include new models and technologies as they arrive.

60 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.10 Bare metal servers

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Bare metal servers

 Dedicated (single-tenant) physical hardware servers.


 Premier SoftLayer server offering, and a differentiator in the industry.
 Range of Intel Xeon processors, updated with new offerings.
 You have access to a piece of hardware that your IaaS cloud provider
will house, power, cool, and monitor for you, and you pay for what you use.
No need for capital expenditure to own hardware.
 Come with hourly or monthly billing.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-7 Bare metal servers

Notes:
SoftLayer extends the cloud computing paradigm by introducing bare metal servers, which
are physical (as opposed to virtual) servers that dedicated to one customer, as an alternative
and complement to virtual server offering.

You get all the advantages of physical machine without owning one, and you can pay per use.

Bare Metal servers are provisioned as if they were Virtual Servers, using the same customer
interface (web portal and API) and are fully integrated with SoftLayer virtual servers and
services.

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 61


3.11 Bare metal servers with hourly billing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Bare metal servers with hourly billing

Dedicated (single-tena nt) physical hardwa re servers:


 Choice of predefined configurations.
 Provisioned in separate racks, with separat e public and private VLANs.
 CPU options: with single four-c ore 3.4 GHz, single f our-core 3.5 GHz, dual six-core
2.0 GHz, dual eight-core 2.0 GHz and dual eight-core 2.9 GHz processors. .
 Up to 128 GB RAM.
 Up to 4 1-TB SATA disks or up to 4 x 800 GB SSD disk drives.
 Available with OS - Windows Server, and several types of Linux OS.
 Can be provisioned with VMWare (unmanaged) hypervis or instead of OS, allowing
you t o c reate and manage your own private VMWare clouds.
 Uplink port speeds of up to 1 Gbps.
 RAM/ disks cannot be upgraded .
 Pro visioned typical ly in less than an hour.
Hourly billing allows affordable short-term deployments while providing
a dedicated hardware environment.

12 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-8 Bare metal servers with hourly billing

Notes:
Bare metal hourly servers are pre-configured and are in separate racks. They are not always
available in all data centers due to capacity reasons.

The configuration options are limited to just a few processor choices and associated
pre-configurations.

What you gain are faster provisioning times and flexibility of hourly billing, while still getting a
dedicated piece of hardware.

62 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.12 Bare metal servers with monthly billing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Bare metal servers with monthly billing

Dedicated (single-tena nt) physical hardwa re servers:


 Wide range of CPU options: Single, dual, or quad 1.60-3.50 GHz
p rocessor, with up to 48 cores.
 Up to 3,072 GB of RAM.
 Up to 36 internal disk drives (up to 6 TB SATA, 600 GB SAS, 1.2 TB SSD,
with option s depen ding on the data center).
 Can be provisioned with Citrix Xen, Parallels, VMWa re (unmanaged),
Microsoft HyperV hypervisor instead of OS, allowing you to create and
manage your own private clouds of different types.
 Can be provisioned with no operating system allowing yo u to install almost
a ny x86 operating system or any x86-based virtual appliance.
 Sp ecialty processors with GPU support available for high performance
worklo ads.
 Uplink port speeds of up to 10 Gbps.

13 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-9 Bare metal servers with monthly billing

Notes:
When you choose monthly bare metal servers, the list of CPU options is greatly expanded.
You also see many more options for other configuration elements, like RAM and disks,
although some CPU choices place limits on RAM or disks.

The list of operating systems is also expanded. In addition to Linux and Microsoft, you can get
operating system for OSNexus storage appliance, and more choices for hypervisor, including
popular Citrix Xen, and the No OS option under Other that lets you boot your own OS using
the Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI).

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 63


3.13 Bare metal servers with monthly billing (continued)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Bare metal servers with monthly billing (continued)

 Intel TXT (Trusted Execution Technology) is available on selected CPUs.


It helps workload security, ensuring that your database is running on tru sted
h ardware in a known location.
 Has enhanced system add-ons such as backup agents, control panel (cloud
management) software, database software, intrusion detection and
p rotection, advanced monito ring, and dual power supply.
 Pro visioned typical ly in no more than 2-3 hours.
 You can also select CPUs with GPU support and Intel® TXT technology.
NVIDIA Grid K2 Graphic Card and NVIDIA Tesla K80 Graphic Card are
supported.

Allows for deployments with most stringent performance and compliance


requirements. The typical use is for database/custom storage servers.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-10 Bare metal servers with monthly billing (continued)

Notes:
You can also select CPUs with GPU support and Intel TXT technology. SoftLayer is an ideal
platform for gaming and other graphic intensive applications.

System add-ons list is also enhanced.

Bear in mind that SoftLayer periodically adds new configuration elements as they appear on
the market, and removes obsolete ones. Therefore, the list in the slide might be different from
the one that you see.

All these monthly Bare Metal choices give you freedom in implementing a wide range of
business use cases. In addition to typical uses such as database servers, you can use them
for your own custom storage solutions, heavy-duty web and application servers, Big Data
solutions, private and hybrid clouds, DevOps (development and operations) environments,
and vertical industrial solutions like customer relationship management (CRM).

Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) is a technology that is available in select Bare Metal
Servers to secure data through a series of encryption keys, launch verified process, and
securely boot systems once it verifies that all processes and programs are acting in a
predictable manner. It is ideal for customers looking to lock down data that may otherwise be
vulnerable and run processes that may deliver such data in a secure manner.

64 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.14 All server offerings:

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

All server offerings:

 Can be deployed in any of the data centers (subject to capacity).


 Have unlimited public inbound bandwidth, and metered (hourly)
or packaged/unlimited (monthly) outbound bandwidth.
 Free unlimited private network bandwidth.
 Network options include secondary public IP addresses (IPv4 and IPv6).
 System and service add-ons include hardware and software firewalls,
antivirus and spyware protection, and monitoring packages with response
options.
 Can be mixed and matched in a solution to take advantage of the strengths
of each type in different subsystems (tiers).

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-11 All server offerings:

Notes:
All types of servers discussed so far can be mixed and matched in an IaaS solution
architecture as per your needs. Typically, a web application runs in one or more virtual
servers, which can be auto-scaled as explained in later units. Database and other storage
solutions can run on bare metal servers.

Development and testing phases can use hourly billing, and production environments can
switch to monthly billing.

You can deploy clusters of servers for massively parallel scalable solutions.

Private network traffic is free and can span data centers, so you can design your own
replication and disaster recovery schemes.

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 65


3.15 Checkpoint questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

 What is the difference between virtual server (public node) and virtual server
(private node)?
 Who manages the hypervisor running your virtual server (private node)?
 Can two customers share a bare metal server?
 Does bare metal server need a hypervisor? Can it have a hypervisor installed?
 Which server type will be provisioned faster: Virtual or bare metal?

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-12 Checkpoint questions

Notes:
(none)

66 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.16 Checkpoint questions (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

 What is the difference between virtual server (public node) and virtual server
(private node)?
A: Multi-tenant vs. single-tenant.
 Who manages the hypervisor running your virtual server (private node)?
A: Your IaaS cloud provider.
 Can two customers share a bare metal server?
A: No, they are dedicated.
 Does bare metal server need a hypervisor? Can it have a hypervisor installed?
A: They don’t need a hypervisor if customer wants just to run an OS. However,
there are options to install one and run a private cloud.
 Which server type will be provisioned faster: Virtual or bare metal?
A: Virtual

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-13 Checkpoint questions (2)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 67


3.17 Ordering servers

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Ordering servers

 Servers can be ordered from the Order window on the customer portal
home page, by clicking the Devices link.
 You are presented with Order Devices window, which shows types
of servers available.

 Click the server type you want, and select hardware, software,
and services options. Then click the Continue Your Order link.

22 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-14 Ordering servers

Notes:
You can also order devices from the Devices → Device List window. You end up with the
same window showing server types available.

68 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.18 Provisioning server instances

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Provisioning server instances

 The Order Summary and Billing window shows all the selected options
with pricing.
 You can also specify:
– Public and private VLAN (if your account has more than one provisioned).
– Provisioning scripts that run automatically after the server is provisioned.
– Secure Shell (SSH) keys, allowing for more secure login.
– User metadata, which is server-specific data that can be passed
to provisioning scripts.
– The host and domain name for your server .
 Accept the SoftLayer Master Service Agreement.
 In Devices tab, click Device List, and watch for your server become active.

23 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-15 Provisioning server instances

Notes:
VLANs will be explained in more detail in networking units, but you might see VLAN choices
when ordering servers, so let’s spend a minute on them.

When a first server is provisioned in an account, the account gets a pair of VLANs: Public and
private (unless you specify Private VLAN only deployment when selecting Public Bandwidth,
which is different from private virtual server, and deploys your server without public VLAN
access).

If your account has only one pair of VLANs, all subsequent servers are provisioned in them.

You can purchase additional VLANs by entering a ticket. If you do, a choice of VLANs appears
in Order Summary and Billing.

You can specify provisioning scripts, and user metadata typically used to parametrize them.

The host and domain names that you enter are only used for internal naming of your servers,
and are not registered with the Domain Name System (DNS).

Provisioning times vary depending on the server type, the software being installed, and other
factors.

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 69


3.19 Inspecting server details

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Inspecting server details

 The Device List in the Devices tab shows all servers on your account.
 In the Actions drop-down menu for a device, you can reboot the device,
power it off/on, rename it, upgrade or downgrade it, or cancel the device.
If you power down the device, you will be still be paying for it because it
consumes data center resources.
 Click the device name to see device details.
 In Device Details window, the details are organized in tabs. The Actions
menu and the various tabs provide many additional actions that you can
start for a device.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-16 Inspecting server details

Notes:
In Device List, you see all servers on your account that you have permission to see, showing
their name, device type, location, public and private IP addresses, start date, and a limited set
of Actions.

Click the device name to see device details, organized into set of tabs. These are discussed
in detail in Unit 3 Exercise 1.

You can also modify the device configuration in this view, and there is a more comprehensive
set of Actions to start, including creating images and reloading servers from them, port
control, and so on. These topics are discussed in future units.

70 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.20 Upgrading or downgrading server instances

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Upgrading or downgrading server instances

 To upgrade or downgrade a server, select the Upgrade/Downgrade action


on the Device List window. You can also modify elements of your server
configuration in the Device Details window.
 You can upgrade or downgrade CPU, RAM, disks, and network options.
 You will have to specify the time window of the upgrade.
 Most upgrades will shut down the server, and you will need to make
SoftLayer aware of the current administrator password.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-17 Upgrading or downgrading server instances

Notes:
Upgrade and downgrade capabilities depend on the server type. For example, bare metal
hourly servers are pre-configured and upgrades are limited. Be aware that most upgrades
require a server shut-down.

You can request upgrades to be performed right away, or at a later date.

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 71


3.21 Accessing server instances

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Accessing server instances

 To access a server running Windows from a Windows computer, you can


use Windows Remote Desktop program.
 To access the command prompt on the server from your workstation, you
can also use any of the Secure Shell tools available, such as OpenSSH in
Linux, or System X or PuTTY on Windows.
 If you generate SSH keys and transfer them to your server when ordering,
you can use them to log in securely.
 You can also set up a VNC server on your server, and install, run,
and access Linux GUI environments from clients on Windows.
 The initial root/administrator password for your server is available in the
Passwords tab in Device Details. This password is not automatically kept
in sync with password updates on the device.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-18 Accessing server instances

Notes:
Once your server is up and running, you can access it using these methods:
򐂰 For Windows, use the Remote Desktop program.
򐂰 For Linux, the most basic access is command-line. Use an SSH client of your choice to
open an terminal window on your server. If you specify a public SSH key during
provisioning, you can access your server with your private key. This is a more secure
method than using passwords. SSH clients are discussed in the Appendix.
If you want to run one of Linux GUI environments, you need to use a graphical desktop
sharing system like VNC, running the server daemon on your server, and a client on your
workstation. You will need to install the environment on your server.

If you change the root password on the device, update the password stored in the portal
accordingly to enable system updates, reloads, and so on.

72 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.22 Canceling server instances

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Canceling server instances

 To cancel a server, use the Cancel Device action in Device List window
(also available on Device Details window).
 Agree to the cancellation terms, and accept the possible loss of data.
 The cancellation request generates a ticket, and your server will disappear
from the Device List window after the cancellation is complete.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-19 Canceling server instances

Notes:
If you do not need your server anymore, in an IaaS cloud environment like SoftLayer, you can
just cancel them and they are gone. Server cancellation is the last action in list of Actions for
each server in the Device List window.

Hourly servers are scheduled for immediate cancellation, and you will stop being charged.

Monthly servers will stay up until your billing anniversary, which is usually the 1st day of next
month, and then they are cancelled.

Cancellation involves ticket creation, but it is done automatically.

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 73


3.23 Checkpoint questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

 What tool do you use to access the command line on a SoftLayer server
running Linux?
 Do you need a root password to access a server running Linux?
 If you power down a virtual server, do you stop being charged for it?
 If you cancel a monthly server, when do you stop being charged for it?

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-20 Checkpoint questions

Notes:
(none)

74 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


3.24 Checkpoint questions (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

 What tool do you use to access the command line on a SoftLayer server
running Linux?
A: Secure Shell (SSH) client
 Do you need a root password to access a server running Linux?
A: No, if you use public key authentication.
 If you power down a virtual server, do you stop being charged for it?
A: No, it still consumes data center resources. You need to cancel it to stop
being charged.
 If you cancel a monthly server, when do you stop being charged for it?
A: At your next monthly billing anniversary.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 3-21 Checkpoint questions (2)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 3. Server offerings in cloud computing 75


76 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
4

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud


computing
The first part of this unit introduces you to the basics of storage technology. It provides an
overview of various types of storage such as direct-attached storage (DAS), network-attached
storage (NAS), storage area network (SAN), and Object Storage.

Some of the storage types and protocols are discussed in greater detail such as DAS, iSCSI,
and NFS. More advanced topics such as RAID arrays are also introduced.

The second part of this unit covers the SoftLayer storage offerings. You will learn details
about the block and file storage SoftLayer offers, and about the performance and endurance
offerings of both block and file storage. It also covers object storage in SoftLayer and the use
cases for it.

The last part of this unit introduces you to these exercises:


򐂰 Ordering and mounting Performance Block storage
򐂰 Ordering and mounting an Endurance File storage share
򐂰 Ordering Object Storage

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 77


4.1 What you should be able to do
On completion of this unit, you should be able to do the following:
򐂰 Explain storage basic concepts
򐂰 Describe the SoftLayer storage offerings
򐂰 Be able to make an educated decision when ordering storage from SoftLayer

4.2 References
The following items are useful for further research:
򐂰 SoftLayer Cloud Storage:
http://www.softlayer.com/cloud-storage
򐂰 SoftLayer KnowledgeLayer:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/
򐂰 Which storage solution is best for your project?
http://blog.softlayer.com/tag/san

4.3 Teaching topics


򐂰 Introduction to storage:
– DAS – Direct Attached Storage
– SAN – Storage Area Network
– NAS – Network attached storage
– Object Storage
– RAID arrays
򐂰 SoftLayer Storage offerings:
– Available local disk types
– Block Storage
– File Storage
– Endurance
– Performance
– Object storage

78 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.4 Introduction to storage: Storage types

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: Storage types

 Direct-attached storage (DAS)


 Storage area network (SAN)
 Network-attached storage (NAS)
 Object storage

5 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-1 Introduction to storage: Storage types

Notes:
The terms storage type and storage protocols are often confused. You can find a lot of
documents where they are used interchangeably. For sake of simplicity in this course, the
storage types are DAS, SAN, NAS, and Object Storage. The storage protocols are NFS, FC,
iSCSI, FCoE, and CIFS.

This unit discusses direct-attached storage (DAS) which is basically local disk on system, and
storage area network (SAN) which is a remotely access block storage. It also describes NAS,
which is remotely accessed file storage, and object storage which is a unit approach to
storing data and is popular in Cloud Computing.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 79


4.5 Introduction to storage: DAS

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: DAS

Direct-attached storage (DAS) is digital storage directly attached to the


computer accessing it using the SATA ,SAS, or USB interface. Examples
of DAS include hard drives, optical disc drives, and storage on external
drives directly attached to the system.

6 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-2 Introduction to storage: DAS

Notes:
As mentioned, DAS is basically the local disk of the system. Direct-attached storage (DAS) is
digital storage directly attached to the computer, accessing it using the SATA, SAS, or USB
interface. Examples of DAS include hard drives, optical disc drives, and storage on external
drives directly attached to the system.

Basically, any storage that is directly attached to your server using your internal Storage BUS
is considered DAS.

80 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.6 Introduction to storage: DAS (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: DAS


Storage Interfaces

• Commonly used in desktops and laptops


SATA • Used to connect HDDs, SSDs, and CD/DVD drives
• Has low performance

• Available in most modern server systems


• Used to connect HDDs and SSDs
SAS
• Provides good performance
• Provides backward compatibility with SATA

Disk Types

Due to ATA technology specifics, SATA HDDs are slower


SATA HDD
(7200 rpm)

SAS drives perform much better than SATA drives


SAS HDD
(10000 or 15000 rpm)

Does not contain any mechanical component. Uses NAND-based


SSD
memory. Faster than HDDs.

7 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-3 Introduction to storage: DAS (2)

Notes:
These tables explain the storage interfaces and disk types that can be used.

Although disk types are presented in DAS section, they are applicable for external storage
systems as well. Understand that any external storage system is a server machine with a lot
of local disks.

The following are the available storage interfaces:


򐂰 SATA (Serial ATA): The standard computer bus interface for connecting hard drives
(HDDs), solid state drives (SSDs), and CD/DVD drives to the computer. Disks with the
SATA interface are mostly used in modern desktop systems, but can be used in server
systems as well.
򐂰 SAS (Serial Attached SCSI): A point-to-point serial protocol that moves data to and from
computer storage devices such as hard drives and tape drives. SAS replaces the older
Parallel SCSI bus technology that first appeared in the mid-1980s. SAS, like its
predecessor, uses the standard SCSI command set.

SAS is considered the more enterprise-ready solution than SATA, but it is also more
expensive.

These SATA and SAS interfaces interact with three main types of disks:
򐂰 SATA Hard Disk Drives are usually cheaper and, due to ATA technology specifics, run at
lower speeds (usually 7200 RPM).

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 81


򐂰 SAS compatible hard disk drives are usually faster than SATA drives. You can have SAS
drives working on 10000 rpm and even on 15000 rpm.
򐂰 Solid-State drive (SSD) is a solid-state storage device that uses integrated NAND-based
flash memory chip to store data persistently. It contains no actual disk, nor a drive motor.
SSDs are fast and currently quite expensive. This is the reason why at these moment SSD
drives are typically used as supporting mechanism for backend HDDs, such as for read
cache or write cache.

82 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.7 Introduction to storage: SAN

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: SAN

SAN (storage area network) is a dedicated, high-speed network that


provides access to consolidated, block-level data storage. SAN is usually
accessible to servers so that they can connect to storage and that storage
appear like locally-attached devices to the operating system. A SAN does
not provide file abstraction, only block-level operations.

SAN

8 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-4 Introduction to storage: SAN

Notes:
SAN is a dedicated network that is used to provide storage access to servers. The storage
which is accessed over SAN is block level, which means it will appear as a raw device to the
operating system on the server. You will have to format it with a compatible file system before
you can use it. This is the main difference between SAN solutions and other storage
solutions.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 83


4.8 Introduction to storage: SAN (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: SAN


SAN Protocols

• Often used in enterprise solutions.


• High-speed: 4, 6, or 16 Gbps
FC
• Uses fiber optic network
• Implementation cost: High

• Often used in converged solutions


• High-speed
FCoE • Uses 10G IP network
• Requires specific hardware
• Implementation cost: Medium

• Used by most cloud providers


• Speed depends on speed of network
iSCSI • Works over usual 1G or 10G IP network
• Does not require specific hardware
• Implementation cost: Low

9 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-5 Introduction to storage: SAN (2)

Notes:
SAN supports several protocols. The following are the most commonly used protocols:
򐂰 Fibre Channel (FC) is a high-speed network technology primarily used to connect to
computer data storage. Fiber channel is commonly used for enterprise solutions in
modern data centers. It can provide high-speed access to storage (4, 8, or 16 Gb/s).
򐂰 Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) is a transport protocol (similar to TCP used in IP
networks) that predominantly transports SCSI commands over Fibre Channel networks.
Fibre Channel SAN uses optical network for communication. That makes it very fast, but
also very expensive, so it is mostly used in high-end enterprise solutions.
FCoE encapsulates FCP packets into usual Ethernet packets, but to use FCoE efficiently
you will need to run at least a 10 Gb network, and your network equipment must support
FCoE.
In modern IT, 10 Gb Ethernet cards are becoming common, so FCoE has become more
popular. Basically, customers do not want to pay for additional Fibre Channel HBA if they
can use 10 Gb NIC card for storage accessibility.
򐂰 Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) works on top of TCP, and allows the
SCSI command to be sent end-to-end over local area networks (LANs), wide area
networks (WANs), or the Internet.
The benefit of iSCSI is that it does not have any specific HW requirements. It can work
across any LAN. And although it will definitely benefit from a 10 Gb network, it is not

84 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


mandatory. In addition, it is also quite simple to implement. All modern operating systems
have a way to run as iSCSI initiator.
iSCSI is one of the main approaches used by cloud providers to deliver block-based
remote storage. SoftLayer uses iSCSI for its block storage offering as well, so it will be
covered in more detail later in this unit.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 85


4.9 Introduction to storage: NAS

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: NAS

Network-attached storage (NAS) is a file-level storage system


connected to a network providing data access to a heterogeneous
group of clients. NAS is specialized for serving files, rather than block
level storage.

IP network

10© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-6 Introduction to storage: NAS

Notes:
Network-attached storage (NAS) is a file-level storage system connected to a network
providing data access to a heterogeneous group of clients. NAS is specialized for serving
files, rather than block level storage. The two most common NAS solutions are SMB/CIFS
and NFS. NAS, unlike SAN, provides file-level storage.

86 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.10 Introduction to storage: NAS (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: NAS


NAS Protocols

• Standard File sharing mechanism in Microsoft operating systems


SMB/CIFS
• Uses IP network

• Widely used by all *NIX-based operating systems


NFS
• Uses IP network

11© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-7 Introduction to storage: NAS (2)

Notes:
The most common protocols used with SAN are:
򐂰 SMB/CIFS:
Server Message Block (SMB) is a file sharing protocol which was invented by IBM in 80s.
Directories which were made available over network are called Shares
Common Internet File System (CIFS) is a so-called dialect of SMB. Basically CIFS is
implementation of SMB created by Microsoft. Currently CIFS is considered the
default/native file sharing mechanism for Microsoft Operating systems.
򐂰 Network File System (NFS) is a distributed file system protocol allowing a user on a client
computer to access files over a network much like local storage is accessed. NFS is
supported by default in many operating systems, especially *NIX based ones.
Because it is easy to implement, NFS is used by many Cloud providers as a default
protocol for file-based storage shares. SoftLayer uses NFS in its file storage offering, so it
will be covered in more detail later.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 87


4.11 Introduction to storage: Object Storage

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: Object Storage

Object Storage manages data as objects. Each object


includes metadata and a globally unique identifier.
Object storage is often API- integrated, which enables
it for integration directly into application.

12© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-8 Introduction to storage: Object Storage

Notes:
Object storage manages data as objects. Each object includes metadata and a globally
unique identifier. Object storage is often API- integrated, which enables it for integration
directly into application.

Object storage can be used to store files like Virtual Machine images, backups, and archives
as well as photos and videos. Object Storage can be integrated with CDN, as described in
Unit 9.

Most cloud-based storage available on the market uses an object storage architecture,
including Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, and OpenStack Swift.

88 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.12 Introduction to storage: RAID arrays

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to storage: RAID arrays


Level Technology Example

RAID 0 Striping

RAID 1 Mirroring

RAID 5 1 parity disk

RAID 6 2 parity disks

RAID 10 Mirroring + striping

13© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-9 Introduction to storage: RAID arrays

Notes:
This slide gives a broad overview of RAID levels. A detailed explanation is beyond the scope
of this presentation.
򐂰 RAID 0 (also known as a stripe set or striped volume) splits (“stripes”) data evenly across
two or more disks, without parity information, redundancy, or fault tolerance. RAID 0
provides good performance for both read and write, but no redundancy.
򐂰 RAID 1 consists of an exact copy (or mirror) of a set of data on two or more disks.
Because the data is mirrored on all disks belonging to the array, the array can only be as
big as the smallest member disk. RAID 1 performs well on reads because reads can be
served by any member of the mirror, but write performance remains at the single disk
level.
򐂰 RAID 5 is a RAID configuration that uses disk striping with parity. Because data and parity
are striped across all of the disks, no single disk is a bottleneck. Striping also allows users
to reconstruct data in case of a disk failure. Reads and writes are more evenly balanced in
this configuration, making RAID 5 the most commonly used RAID method.
򐂰 RAID 6 extends RAID 5 by adding another parity block. It uses block-level striping with two
parity blocks distributed across all member disks. RAID 6 does not have a performance
penalty for read operations, but it does have a performance penalty on write operations
because of the processing associated with parity calculations.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 89


򐂰 RAID 10 is a combination of RAID 1 and 0, and is often denoted as RAID 1+0. It combines
the mirroring of RAID 1 with the striping of RAID 0. It's the RAID level that gives the best
performance, but it is also costly, requiring twice as many disks as other RAID levels.

90 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.13 iSCSI: Components

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

iSCSI: Components

Storage device iSCSI storage

Physical disks

LUNs

NIC iSCSI target

IP
network

NIC iSCSI initiator

Client Client with iSCSI initiator

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-10 iSCSI: Components

Notes:
This diagram shows the components of basic iSCSI SAN:
򐂰 The iSCSI storage device can be either a dedicated storage system or a server with a
storage appliance such as OSNexus Quantastor installed. Quantastor is covered in Unit 8.
The storage device has its local disk built into some kind of RAID array, LUNs, or Storage
volumes that are created on that RAID array.
򐂰 The NICs of the storage system act as iSCSI targets, which means that the NIC is the
point of access for iSCSI initiators.
򐂰 A server accesses the storage device over the usual IP network. The NIC of the server
acts as the iSCSI initiator. The iSCSI initiator transmits SCSI command to the iSCSI
target. This initiator can be either hardware based or software based.
A software-based initiator is software that enables something, usually NIC, to act as the
iSCSI initiator. There is an implementation of Software iSCSI initiator for every OS.
Because it is fully software based, all processing of traffic is handled by the system CPU.
A hardware iSCSI initiator is a specialized physical device that can offload SCSI
commands processing.

You can have several iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets per system.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 91


4.14 iSCSI addressing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

iSCSI addressing

Storage Device

iSCSI target iSCSI target name:


iqn.2005-05.com.softlayer:stor1-838187
IP Address: 10.10.140.101

IP network

iSCSI initiator name:


iSCSI initiator iqn.2005-05.com.softlayer:db01-16d22e90
IP Address: 10.10.140.51
Client

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-11 iSCSI addressing

Notes:
Although iSCSI uses IP network for protocol itself, higher level naming is used to address the
objects within the protocol. The most common naming format is iSCSI qualified name (IQN).
IQN has the following format:
򐂰 Literal IQN (iSCSI Qualified Name)
򐂰 Date (yyyy-mm) that the naming authority took ownership of the domain
򐂰 Reversed domain name of the authority (e.g. com.ibm, com.softlayer)
򐂰 Optional “:” prefixing a storage target name specified by the naming authority

You can see examples on the slide.

You might also encounter these formats:


򐂰 Extended Unique Identifier (EUI), which has the following format:
eui.{EUI-64 bit address} (e.g. eui.02004567A425678D)
򐂰 T11 Network Address Authority (NAA), which has the following format:
naa.{NAA 64 or 128 bit identifier} (e.g. naa.52004567BA64678D)

92 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.15 iSCSI access control

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

iSCSI access control

 ACL
Access control lists can be used on storage devices to control which iSCSI initiator
can access certain iSCSI targets. ACL are based on IQNs.

 CHAP
Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) can be used to allow iSCSI
initiator to prove its identity to iSCSI targets. It is also possible to configure
bidirectional CHAP for better security.

16© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-12 iSCSI access control

Notes:
Access control lists (ACLs) can be used on your storage device to control which iSCSI
initiator can access certain iSCSI targets. ACLs are based on IQNs.

Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) can be used to allow iSCSI initiator to
prove its identity to iSCSI Target. It is also possible to configure bidirectional CHAP for better
security.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 93


4.16 NFS components

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

NFS components

NFS server NAS device

/iso /media /user1 Shared directories

NIC NAS server NIC

IP network

Client host NIC


NIC
Client host
Client

17© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-13 NFS components

Notes:
This diagram shows the components for NFS storage. The NFS server can be either a
dedicated storage device, a specialized storage appliance installed on usual server, or even a
Linux machine configured to act as an NFS server. The server shares the directories shonw,
and the client accesses the shares over the usual IP network.

94 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.17 NFS addressing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

NFS addressing

NFS server
/iso /media /user1

NIC
IP address: 10.10.140.101

IP network

IP address: 10.10.140.51
NIC Example path to share from client:
10.10.140.101:/media

Client

18© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-14 NFS addressing

Notes:
There is no high level addressing in case with NFS. All communication is done using IPs and
host names.

The share should be mounted on client so that files in it can be accessed. The path to the
share has following convention:
IP_OF_NFS_SERVER:/SHARE_NAME

As an example, for /iso it would be: 10.10.140.101:/iso.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 95


4.18 NFS access control

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

NFS access control

The most common way to control access to NFS shares are IP-based
or subnet-based ACLs.

19© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-15 NFS access control

Notes:
The most common way to control access to NFS share is IP based or subnet based ACLs.
More advanced access control mechanisms are available such as integration with Kerberos,
Microsoft Active Directory, or LDAP.

96 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.19 SoftLayer storage offerings: DAS

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer storage offerings: DAS

 For Bare-Metal servers


– SAS
– SATA
– SSD
 For Virtual Servers
– SAN
– Local disk
– Portable storage volume

20© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-16 SoftLayer storage offerings: DAS

Notes:
When ordering a bare-metal server from SoftLayer, you can select between three main disk
types:
򐂰 SAS disks
򐂰 SATA disks
򐂰 SSDs

The selection should be done based on your needs. For most cases, use more reliable disks
like SAS, but SAS is more expensive. For example, highly loaded databases could make a
good use of SAS disks, build into a RAID 10 array, with some SSD disks acting as the cache.
However, a Mail archive server could use cheaper SATA disks build into a very reliable RAID6
array. Therefore, the decision on which disk should be used depends on business case.

In addition, during order process you can configure a RAID array on local disks. This is useful
to have availability configured before the operation system is installed. You can order a
bare-metal server with 4, 6, 12, 24, or 36 disk slots. This can help you to build large and
complex solutions.

SoftLayer virtual servers can be deployed with primary storage based on local disk or SAN,
and with portable storage volumes as secondary storage. Whether your application needs
higher disk I/O, resiliency, or long-term flexibility, you can match your virtual server's storage
to its application.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 97


Portable storage volumes are secondary storage solutions that are exclusively available on
SoftLayer's virtual servers. They can be connected to one virtual server at a time, and are an
ideal solution when looking to transfer data between virtual servers in any data center on the
SoftLayer network. Portable storage volumes are useful for database applications that require
access to raw, unformatted block-level storage, and for moving large data sets between virtual
servers.

There is no difference from the operating system perspective between these three
configurations.

98 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide


4.20 SoftLayer storage offerings: Block storage

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer storage offerings: Block storage

 iSCSI-based block storage


 Accessible over SoftLayer private network
 Running on reliable storage infrastructure

21© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-17 SoftLayer storage offerings: Block storage

Notes:
SoftLayer has its own naming convention for storage offerings. SoftLayer's block storage
offering, as you can understand from its name is a SAN offering. According to its description,
it works over private networks.SoftLayer uses iSCSI for its block storage offering.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 99


4.21 SoftLayer storage offerings: File storage

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer storage offerings: File storage

 NFS based file storage


 Accessible over SoftLayer private network
 Running on reliable storage infrastructure

22© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-18 SoftLayer storage offerings: File storage

Notes:
The file storage offering provides NAS storage. The File storage offering of SoftLayer
provides NFS-based volume, which can be mounted to your systems.

100 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
4.22 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options

 Endurance
 Performance

23© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-19 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options

Notes:
SoftLayer has two options for both block and file storage:
򐂰 Endurance
򐂰 Performance

Some of the characteristics of these offerings are described in the next two slides.

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 101


4.23 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options

Endurance is a new class of block and file storage from SoftLayer. It brings
an effective feature set to help you fulfill availability requirements of your data.
At the same time, it provides consistent performance baseline.

Endurance has these notable features:


 Snapshots: Capture point-in-time data snapshots non-disruptively
 Replication: Automatically copies snapshots to a partner SoftLayer data
center
 Concurrent access: Allows multiple hosts to simultaneously access both
block and file volumes.

24© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-20 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options (2)

Notes:
Endurance storage provides advanced availability features such as snapshots and
replication. These features are described in detail in Unit 8. Having these features enabled
does have a negative effect on performance.

102 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
4.24 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options

Performance is an option of SoftLayer’s Block and File Storage offerings that


is designed to support high I/O applications requiring predictable levels of
performance. This predictable performance is achieved through the allocation
of protocol-level input/output operations per second (IOPS) to individual
volumes.

Performance storage does not support snapshots and replication.

25© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-21 SoftLayer storage offering: Storage options (3)

Notes:
Performance storage is designed to fulfill high IO demand. If you are planning to run an
application with predictable IO demand, Performance storage is good option. SoftLayer
provides tools to determine which Storage option suits your needs. For more information, see:
http://www.SoftLayer.com

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 103


4.25 SoftLayer storage offering: Object storage

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer storage offering: Object storage

Object Storage in Softlayer is a redundant and highly scalable cloud storage


service that allows users to easily store, search, and retrieve data across the
Internet, with optional CDN connectivity, or across SoftLayer’s global private
network. It is based on the OpenStack Swift platform.

26© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-22 SoftLayer storage offering: Object storage

Notes:
Object storage in SoftLayer can be hosted in many SoftLayer data centers around the world
and integrated with CDN. In SoftLayer, you can use Swift APIs or one of the language clients
to control your Object Storage objects.

Object storage in SoftLayer is based on OpenStack Swift, which is an open source object
storage implementation developed by the OpenStack project. Swift functions as a distributed,
API-accessible storage platform that can be integrated directly into applications or used to
store files like VM images, backups, and archives as well as photos and videos.

104 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
4.26 Overview

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Overview
Object File Block
Units Objects (include Files. Blocks, simply a series of
object ID, data, 0s and 1s.
and meta data).
Access API. NFS, CIFS. Direct Attachment, FC, FCoE,
method or iSCSI.
protocol
Common Static data. Shared file data. Frequently changing and
Use case transaction data.

Strength Scalability and Simplified access High performance. Data is


distributed and management of stored without concept of format
access. shared file, including or type. Relies on applications or
directories for file system for data location.
organization.

27© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-23 Overview

Notes:
This table shows a side-by-side view of the three storage types that have been discussed. For
more information about what to consider when selecting a storage solution for your project,
see Which storage solution is best for your project? at:
http://blog.softlayer.com/tag/san

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 105


4.27 Check point: Questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Check point: Questions


 Is Storage in iSCSI SAN on a block or file level?
 How big will a RAID 0 array consisting of two 500 GB disks be?
 Which protocol is used for the Softlayer File Storage offering?

28© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-24 Check point: Questions

Notes:
(none)

106 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
4.28 Check point: Questions and answers

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Check point: Questions and answers


 Is storage in iSCSI SAN on a block or file level?
– Block Level
 How big will a RAID 0 array consisting of two 500 GB disks be?
– 1000 GB
 Which protocol is used for SoftLayer File Storage offering?
– NFS

29© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-25 Check point: Questions and answers

Notes:
(none)

Unit 4. Storage options in cloud computing 107


4.29 Recap

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Recap
We now know about:
 The basics of storage
 The available storage types
 SoftLayer storage offerings
 Endurance and performance storage

In the lab coming up, we will:


 Order and mount block storage
 Order and mount Endurance storage
 Order object storage

30© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 4-26 Recap

Notes:
(none)

108 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud


computing
This unit provides you with a basic understanding of cloud computing networking in general. It
describes SoftLayer’s network topology, options, and configuration items. This unit includes
and overview of the available networking tools.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 109


5.1 What you should be able to do
After completing this unit, you should be able to:
򐂰 Describe the basics of the network in Cloud Computing.
򐂰 Explain the network strategy and topology of SoftLayer.
򐂰 Define and list the characteristics of public, private, and out-of-band management
networks.
򐂰 List the available network tools.
򐂰 Explain the function of VPN connections in cloud computing
򐂰 Identify the uses of SoftLayer Direct Link.

5.2 References
The following websites are useful for further research:
򐂰 Network details about SoftLayer:
http://www.softlayer.com/network
򐂰 Networking details about SoftLayer:
http://www.softlayer.com/networking
򐂰 SoftLayer Knowledge Layer
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/

5.3 Teaching topics


The following topics are covered in this unit:
򐂰 The network in Cloud Computing
򐂰 SoftLayer network strategy and topology
򐂰 Definition and characteristics of:
– Public networks
– Private networks
– Out-of-Band management network
򐂰 Network tools
򐂰 VPN connections in Cloud Computing
򐂰 Direct Link use case
򐂰 Recap
򐂰 Checkpoint
򐂰 References

110 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.4 What is cloud computing?

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

What is cloud computing?

To define cloud computing, you can say that is the use of “outsourced” computing
resources that can be employed or accessed through networking or the internet.

Cloud
Computing

Cloud computing is a model for enabling convenient, on-demand network access to a


shared pool of configurable computing resources that can be rapidly provisioned and
released with minimal management effort or service provider interaction.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-1 What is cloud computing?

Notes:
(none)

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 111


5.5 The network is critical to Cloud Computing

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

The network is critical to Cloud Computing

 Every cloud is some combination


of a service and deployment model
 Regardless of the type of cloud, one
fact remains true: Mobile
Phone Mini
Note

NO network means Cloud


Network Tablet
NO cloud
Personal Database
Computer

Netbook
Computer Remote
Server
Database

6 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-2 The network is critical to Cloud Computing

Notes:
From a networking standpoint, each service model requires the cloud provider to expose part
or all of the network, and provide more or less networking capabilities to cloud users.

Each service model requires cloud users to understand and design more or less of the
network to which they are exposed.

The network is most exposed in the IaaS model, and least exposed in the SaaS model.

Without networks, users cannot access their cloud services. Without networks, applications,
data, and users cannot move between clouds. Without networks, the infrastructure
components that must work together to create a cloud cannot.

112 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.6 Networking had to change

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Networking had to change

Networking must change because the


rise of cloud models is changing what
is happening on the network: Cloud Service
Provider
 New infrastructure
 New applications
Server
 New access
 New traffic

Cloud User
Router
Host
Network
Cloud
Cloud Vendor’s
Infrastructure
Router

Enterprise

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-3 Networking had to change

Notes:
򐂰 New infrastructure: Everything is becoming virtualized, infrastructure is becoming
programmable, and servers and applications have mobility.
򐂰 New applications: Data-intensive analytics, parallel and clustered processing,
telemedicine, remote experts, and community cloud services.
򐂰 New access: Mobile device-based access to everything and virtual desktops.
򐂰 New traffic: Predominantly server-to-server traffic patterns and location-independent
endpoints on both sides of a service or transaction.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 113


5.7 Attributes of Cloud Networking

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Attributes of Cloud Networking

Cloud
Networking Self Healing
Scalable
Resilience

Low Extensible
Latency Guaran- Management
teed
Delivery

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-4 Attributes of Cloud Networking

Notes:
1. Scalability: The cloud network must scale to the overall level of throughput required to
ensure that it does not become a bottleneck. This means that the cloud networking fabric
must handle throughputs that will soon reach trillions of packets.
2. Low Latency: The cloud network must deliver microsecond latency across the entire
network fabric because low latency improves application performance and server
utilization. For latency sensitive applications, 10-Gigabit Ethernet is a major improvement.
3. Guaranteed Performance: The cloud network must provide predictable performance to
service many simultaneous applications in the network, including video, voice, and web
traffic.
4. Extensible Management: Real-time upgrades and image/patch management in a large
cloud-network is a daunting challenge to network administrators. A vastly simpler
approach is required to handle networks of this size, which automates provisioning,
monitoring, maintenance, upgrading, and troubleshooting.
5. Self-Healing Resilience: Cloud networks operate 24x7, so downtime is not an option. This
requires a network architecture that offers self-healing and the ability for transparent
in-service software updates. On most switches, any software fault results in a reload,
resulting in seconds or even minutes of downtime.

114 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.8 Example: Data center switch network architecture

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Example: Data center switch network architecture

 The aggregation switch connects to other


aggregation switches, and through these
switches to other servers in the data center.
Internet
 A core switch connects to the various
aggregation switches and provides
connectivity to the outside world.
 The presence of virtualized servers adds Core
an extra dimension. Switch

Aggregation
Switches

Top of Rack
(TOR) Switch

Rack Rack Rack


with Servers with Servers with Servers

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-5 Example: Data center switch network architecture

Notes:
The most common network architecture for enterprises is the three-layer architecture with
access, aggregation or distribution, and core switches. The data center requires a slightly
different variation of this layering, as proposed by some vendors. The data center consists
mainly of servers in racks interconnected through a Top-of-Rack (TOR) Ethernet switch that
connects to an aggregation switch, sometimes known as an End-of-Rack (FOR) switch.

The aggregation switch connects to other aggregation switches and through these switches
to other servers in the data center. A core switch connects to the various aggregation
switches, and provides connectivity to the outside world, typically through Layer 3 (IP). It can
be argued that most intra-data center traffic traverses only the TOR and aggregation
switches. Therefore, the links between these switches and the bandwidth of those links need
to account for the traffic patterns.

The presence of virtualized servers adds an extra dimension. Network connections to


physical servers need to involve “fatter pipes” because traffic for multiple VMs is multiplexed
onto the same physical Ethernet connection. This result is expected because you have
effectively collapsed multiple physical servers into a single physical server with VMs. It is
common to have servers with 10-Gbps Ethernet cards in this scenario.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 115


5.9 Virtual Ethernet switch in a virtualized server environment

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Virtual Ethernet switch in a virtualized server


environment
VM1 VM2 VM3 VM4 VM5

Applications Applications Applications Applications Applications

Guest (OS) Guest (OS) Guest (OS) Guest (OS) Guest (OS)

Hypervisor

Virtual Switch (VS)

Connections from
CPU Other Servers

Physical Ethernet Adapter

Virtual Adapter External Layer2


Ethernet Switch
(could be TOR)

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-6 Virtual Ethernet switch in a virtualized server environment

Notes:
In an environment with physical servers, switches are used to connect servers to other
servers. Firewalls and application-delivery controllers are other types of equipment that you
can use in a data center for connection to external clients. With a virtualized environment, you
can move some or all of these functions to inside a server.

You can use the Virtual Switch to switch between virtual machines (VMs) inside the same
physical server and aggregate the traffic for connection to the external switch. The Virtual
Switch is often implemented as a plug-in to the hypervisor. The VMs have virtual Ethernet
adapters that connect to the Virtual Switch, which in turn connects to the physical Ethernet
adapter on the server and to the external Ethernet switch. To the network manager, the virtual
switch can appear as a part of the network. Unlike physical switches, the Virtual Switch does
not necessarily have to run network protocols for its operation. It also does not need to treat
all its ports the same because some of them are connected to virtual Ethernet ports. For
example, it can avoid destination address learning on the ports that are connected to VMs. It
can function through appropriate configuration from an external management entity.

116 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.10 Networking overview

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Networking overview

The SoftLayer global network seamlessly integrates three distinct and redundant
network architectures - private, public, and management - into a Network-within-a-
Network topology for maximum accessibility, security, and control.

12 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-7 Networking overview

Notes:
SoftLayer has a worldwide footprint, with data centers currently in Amsterdam, London,
Dallas, Houston, Atlanta, New York, Chicago, Denver, San Jose, Seattle, Los Angeles,
Singapore, Washington D.C, Tokyo, Hong Kong S.A.R. of the PRC, Frankfurt, Paris, and
Stockholm.

These centers are built with SoftLayer’s unique PoD data center design concept. This allows
them to provide functions that are independent with distinct and redundant resources and
fully integrate all of their compute, storage, and services components in their network
architecture. All of this together allows for seamless inter-data center capabilities with all
these different services.

The backbone of these PoDs is the network rack and server design. This unit looks at how the
rack is designed from a networking point of view, and then at the actual individual servers.
This slide shows the overall network architecture from a rack point of view.

SoftLayer as a whole uses a three-network architecture. So when you’re coming into the rack,
you use the SoftLayer public and private networks, and also use the services that are built
into the SoftLayer management network.

This unit focuses mainly on the public and private networks because that’s where much of
your data traffic is for your day-to-day customer interactions.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 117


Each rack within a SoftLayer data center has at least 10 gigabits per second of redundant (20
gigabits per second total usage) bandwidth for both the private network and public network.
This allows for a throughput of 10 gigabits per second throughout the SoftLayer network down
to each rack.

The management network, although it is a separate network, uses the private network
bandwidth for access to the systems.

118 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.11 Networking overview (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Networking overview

From a SoftLayer computing resource point of view, each server is complimented with a
five physical NIC configuration. All adaptors are 1 Gb/s or 10 Gb/s.
• Two public adaptors (red)
• One management adaptor (green)
• Two private facing adaptors (blue)

Storage Infrastructure

iSCS
I
Firewall
12
34
Network Load
Security Balancer
127.
VPN Edge Router MPLS VPN IMS Services
Firewall

Public Network Management Network Private Network

Note: All dedicated infrastructure follows the same routing and rules, but the number of
adaptors differs by configuration.

13 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-8 Networking overview (2)

Notes:
This image is an architectural representation of the backend of each server that represents
the SoftLayer ecosystem. You have a redundant connection to the public network, a
redundant connection to the private network, and one connection for the management
network. Therefore, each server has a five-NIC setup: Two NICs to the public network, two
NICs to the private network, and one to the management network.

SoftLayer is designed so that users do not have to worry about any of the networking
components being locked into a switch that fails or anything along those lines. You have a
redundant path going into each rack, and another redundant path going into each server.

While all SoftLayer dedicated infrastructure follows the same routing and rules, the number of
adapters can differ by chosen configurations in certain compute resources.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 119


5.12 Networking overview (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Networking overview

The following outlines SoftLayer’s SLAs for service and power for its networks:
 Public network: SoftLayer will use reasonable efforts to provide a service level of
100% for the public network.
 Private network: SoftLayer will use reasonable efforts to meet the service level of
100% for the private network.
 Customer Portal: SoftLayer will use reasonable efforts to meet the service level of
100% for access to the Customer Portal.
 Redundant infrastructure: SoftLayer will use reasonable efforts to meet the service
level of 100% for access to the power and HVAC services provided to customers.

SoftLayer's geographically diverse PoPs provide seamless, direct, private, and high-
speed access to the backbone network, bringing connectivity closer to the end user. You
can choose the SoftLayer PoP location closest to your office or end users.
High-speed metro-WAN services and cross
connects from providers including Equinix and
Telx are also available.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-9 Networking overview (3)

Notes:
These are the SoftLayer SLAs for service and power for its networks.

As the network capabilities of SoftLayer are explored, you can see what SoftLayer has for
SLAs for service and power for its networks. SoftLayer is committed to use reasonable efforts
to provide a service level of 100% for the public network, private network, and Customer
Portal. The public and the private network SLA are up to the machine levels.

SoftLayer also provides an SLA for redundant infrastructures to use reasonable efforts to
meet a 100% access to the power and HVAC services provided to customers.

SoftLayer attempts to put each PoP into the most heavily used co-location site in the city in
which the PoPs are deployed. This configuration allows for the easiest peering and transit
connections with Telcos to expand the SoftLayer network. A co-location site is a data center
where equipment, space, and bandwidth are available for rental to retail customers.

An example of a PoP use is if a customer resides in Germany and they are attempting to
access a server in Amsterdam.
򐂰 Instead of going straight to Amsterdam, the customer would go directly to the Germany
POP and use SoftLayer’'s 10 gigabits per second network to make the connection over the
physically longer network distance, thus reducing latency.
򐂰 The time that clients use whenever they connect to a system on the SoftLayer network is
reduced, which is the main reason for the POPs.

120 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
The following are the current POP locations:
򐂰 Amsterdam, Netherlands
򐂰 Atlanta, GA
򐂰 Chicago, IL
򐂰 Dallas, TX
򐂰 Denver, CO
򐂰 Frankfurt, Germany
򐂰 Hong Kong S.A.R. of the PRC
򐂰 Houston, TX
򐂰 London, England
򐂰 Los Angeles, CA
򐂰 Mexico City, Mexico
򐂰 Miami, FL
򐂰 New York, NY
򐂰 San Jose, CA
򐂰 Seattle, WA
򐂰 Singapore, Singapore
򐂰 Tokyo, Japan
򐂰 Washington, D.C.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 121


5.13 Learning about public networks

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Learning about public networks

 Public network definition


 Understanding primary network features

Storage Infrastructure

iSCS
I
Firewall
12
34
Network Load
Security Balancer
127.
VPN Edge Router MPLS VPN IMS Services
Firewall

Public Network Management Network Private Network

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-10 Learning about public networks

Notes:
This section describes what the public network definition is, and how SoftLayer uses network
carriers to connect out and expand the public network for customers. It also covers some of
the features that are available on the public network.

122 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.14 Learning about public networks (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Learning about public networks

The SoftLayer network provides all customers with


over 2,000 Gbps of connectivity between the data
centers and PoPs.

The core public network handles public traffic to


hosted websites or online resources. SoftLayer’s
public network features multi-homed connectivity
with bandwidth from independent carriers, combining
more than 20 x 10 Gbps connections to create one
of the industry’s fastest networks.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-11 Learning about public networks (2)

Notes:
As shown in the diagram, the core network handles public traffic to hosted websites or online
resources.

SoftLayer uses multi-homed connectivity with bandwidth from independent peering and
transit carriers, combining more the 20 x 10 Gbps connection to create one of the industry's
fastest networks.
򐂰 Peering: When two or more autonomous networks interconnect directly with each other to
exchange traffic. This is often done without charging for the interconnection or the traffic.
򐂰 Transit: When one autonomous network agrees to carry the traffic that flows between
another autonomous network and all other networks. Because no network connects
directly to all other networks, a network that provides transit will deliver some of the traffic
indirectly through one or more other transit networks. A transit provider's routers announce
to other networks that they can carry traffic to the network that has bought transit. The
transit provider receives a "transit fee" for the service.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 123


5.15 Learning about public networks - Carriers

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Learning about public networks - Carriers

Carriers and capabiliti es


Level3 (transit) Comcast (transit) JPNAP (peering) SIX (peering)
NTTAmerica (trans it) AMS–IX (peering) LI NX (peering) Starhub (peering)
Pacnet (transit) Any2LAX (peering) NL-IX (peering) Telefonica (peering)
PCCW (transit) DE–CIX (peering) NOTA (peering) TIE (peering)
Telstra (transit) EquinixI X (peering) NYII X (peering) TimeWarner (peering)
TeliaSonera (transit ) HKI X (peering) RMI X (peering)

 Juniper and Cis co 10 G net work  Arbor Peakf low traffic analysis
 Cisco Guard DDoS protect ion  Arbor TMS DDoS protection

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-12 Learning about public networks - Carriers

Notes:
This is the current list of transit and peering carriers that SoftLayer uses to expand network
across data centers and PoPs.

SoftLayer uses both Cisco and Juniper technology to drive the network, and Cisco Guard,
Arbor Peakflow traffic analysis, and Arbor TMS for DDOS protection.

124 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.16 Understanding the primary features

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Understanding the primary features

Key differentiators in the SoftLayer


public network
 Allows on-the-fly addition of servers to
existing VLANs
 Allows on-the-fly addition of services to
existing servers
 Supports dedicated, virtual disk service,
and grid technologies

 Automated IP routing and management


 Individual secure private VLAN
per customer
 Gigabit speed from server to Internet
 Native IPv6 ready

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-13 Understanding the primary features

Notes:
Continuing from the core network on the previous slide, next is the front end customer
network.
򐂰 This section of the public network allows addition of servers to existing public VLANs.
򐂰 With full automated IP routing and management, each VLAN is secure in their customer
environment through strict network access control lists (ACLs).
򐂰 Each server has fully gigabit capable speeds from server to the Internet.
򐂰 The entire SoftLayer network is fully IPv6 ready.
򐂰 IPv6 addresses can be requested when ordering a compute resource in the Customer
Portal.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 125


5.17 Understanding bandwidth

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Understanding bandwidth

 Unlimited inbound bandwidth


 Metered and unmetered outbound bandwidth available
 Optional bandwidth pooling

Outbound bandwidth options


Each virtual instance comes with 250 GB of outbound bandwidth per month
Each dedicated server comes with 500 GB of outbound bandwidth per month
You can pre-purchase an additional 20 TB of bandwidth
1 Gbps or 10 Gbps unmetered inbound public bandwidth
Overages are metered

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-14 Understanding bandwidth

Notes:
Public bandwidth in the SoftLayer network is handled through unlimited inbound bandwidth
and metered and purchased unmetered outbound bandwidth. Therefore, any bandwidth you
have coming into the data centers from a public network is completely unlimited. You can use
it as much as you want. You can use it at 1 gigabit. If you're using specific dedicated servers,
you can even use it as a 10-gigabit connection.

SoftLayer also allows for the option to purchase bandwidth pooling for a small monthly fee.
Bandwidth pooling allows for a customer's account to take all of the credited outgoing
bandwidth from virtual instance or dedicated server purchases and pool it together for use by
any system that is using outgoing bandwidth.

An example scenario of this is if you order three dedicated servers for backend services
(databases or application servers) that you never want on the public network, and two virtual
instances that will act as your web servers handling all outgoing traffic. If you pool your
bandwidth, you can disable the public network ports on the three dedicated servers, and use
the 2 terabytes (500 gigabytes x three dedicated + 250 gigabytes x two virtual) of credited
outbound traffic for the two web servers.

Pooling can be enabled by opening a ticket in the SoftLayer portal and requesting bandwidth
pooling be turned on. You can get more information and pricing details at:
http://www.softlayer.com/info/pricing

126 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.18 Learning about private networks

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Learning about private networks

 Private network definition


 SoftLayer network carriers and features

Storage Infrastructure

iSCS
I
Firewall
12
34
Network Load
Security Balancer
127.
VPN Edge Router MPLS VPN IMS Services
Firewall

Public Network Management Network Private Network

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-15 Learning about private networks

Notes:
Customers interact with the public network. This section looks at the options available to you
as you go through the private network. This is also one of the more powerful options that
SoftLayer has.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 127


5.19 Learning about private networks (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Learning about private networks

The SoftLayer private network provides


an unparalleled advantage in security,
accessibility, and bandwidth efficiency
over any cloud provider by providing:
 Unlimited bandwidth on the
private network
 Individual, secure private VLANs per
customer that can be spanned across
data centers
 Gigabit server-to-server speeds
 Multiple 10 Gbps fiber backbone
with automatic fail-over for data
center-to-data center connections
 Secure out-of-band management over
SSL, PPTP, or IPSEC
 VPN gateways

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-16 Learning about private networks (2)

Notes:
SoftLayer provides you with a private network and then services that are connected to that
private network so that you can expand the capabilities that you currently have with SoftLayer
offerings. That capability allows you to take any server that you deploy into SoftLayer and,
using the span VLANs, connect to any of the other servers you have in data centers inside of
SoftLayer.

For example, if you have servers in Washington, DC, servers in Dallas, and servers in San
Jose data centers, you can use the private network to be able to move all your data between
those servers in each data center at no extra charge with unlimited bandwidth. The fully
10-gigabit network goes across all these data centers and allows you to sync across all of
them. This is also completely private, so you're not exposing any of your traffic out to the
public network

You can use the private network as secure transit for DR centers, to back up for data on
another set of servers, or use it just to sync servers for a large-scale rollout across the world

As you can see from the diagram, each of these private networks and each of these VLANs
that you have deployed are redundant because they are backed into the backend routers that
connected to each data center. This configuration creates a complete failover system that
allows you to keep going even if a switch fails

128 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.20 Learning about private networks (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Learning about private networks

Features

Private OS update, reload, and


change servers
Geographically redundant
DNS resolvers
SoftLayer software repository

Centralized Network Attached Storage


and backup
Centralized Storage Area Network

McAfee security update server

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-17 Learning about private networks (3)

Notes:
SoftLayer provides you with Windows or Red Hat updates, depending on your operating
system. Updates for other Linux instances can be done through repositories that SoftLayer
sets up on the private network. You do not have to expose any of your resources to be able to
update them, or work out a gateway to update those machines. You can use the SoftLayer
backend services to keep them at the highest level of security patches that is available.

Use redundant DNS resolvers if you are using full DNS resolution and you still need machines
that have to resolve host names on the private network. The resolvers allow you to resolve
any host names you have across your systems.

Centralized network attached storage and backup provide a centralized storage area network
across all of your private network. This means that you are not locked to your local region. If,
for example, you have an iSCSI in Dallas and you have a system in Washington, DC, you can
temporarily connect them to be able to move data.

For Windows operating systems, MacAfee antivirus is available in the security update server,
which is also available on the private network. If you have private systems that you want to be
able to keep certain secure levels, antivirus, you can keep them on the private network and
still be able to manage them securely through private network access.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 129


5.21 Learning about management network

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Learning about the management network

 Out-of-Band Management network definition


 Out-of-Band Management network features

Storage Infrastructure

iSCS
I
Firewall
12
34
Network Load
Security Balancer
127.
VPN Edge Router MPLS VPN IMS Services
Firewall

Public Network Management Network Private Network

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-18 Learning about management network

Notes:
When it comes to managing your server, you want an unencumbered network connection that
will give you direct, secure access when you need it. Splitting out the public and private
networks into distinct physical layers provides significant flexibility when it comes to delivering
content. However, SoftLayer saw a need for one more unique network layer. If your server is
targeted for a denial of service attack or a particular ISP fails to route traffic to your server
correctly, you are effectively locked out of your server if you do not have another way to
access it. The SoftLayer management-specific network layer uses bandwidth providers that
are not included in the public/private bandwidth mix, so you access the server through a
dedicated port.

130 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.22 SoftLayer network architecture

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer network architecture

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-19 SoftLayer network architecture

Notes:
This diagram shows you how the networks and secure connections work together in the the
overall SoftLayer network architecture:
򐂰 You can see how you come in from the public network:
– You come into the core network from different transit and peering connections.
– The data comes into the public network for SoftLayer and connects into the public
VLANs that are available for your servers.
򐂰 On the other side, those servers are also connected to the private network through
redundant connections:
– Those link back to the backend services on SoftLayer.
– Note also the out-of-bound management.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 131


5.23 Reviewing SoftLayer network tooling

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Reviewing SoftLayer network tooling

In this topic, you will learn about Looking Glass


and other Control Panel network tools.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-20 Reviewing SoftLayer network tooling

Notes:
You do not have to have an account to use Looking Glass it is available publicly on the
Internet.

Go through what’s available on this tool and some of the other tools on SoftLayer.

132 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.24 Using Looking Glass, SoftLayer’s IP backbone

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using Looking Glass, SoftLayer’s IP backbone


 SoftLayer Looking Glass is an interactive resource that can be used to test latency
between SoftLayer data centers, and between a router location and target address,
subnet, or hostname.
 Latency tests between a location and its target are conducted using various methods,
including the ping and traceroute commands. Users can also test network latency
through various test downloads based on size and data center location. Users operate
Looking Glass under the premise that only manual queries will be made.
 Use these steps to run a traceroute command on a website:
1. Enter http://lg.softlayer.com/ in your browser window.
2. Read the terms and conditions and click the I agree link. Note that clicking the
link signifies that you understand that commands and IPs might be logged.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-21 Using Looking Glass, SoftLayer’s IP backbone

Notes:
This slide also begins an activity for students to conduct a latency test using a traceroute
command.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 133


5.25 Using SoftLayer Looking Glass, SoftLayer's IP backbone

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using SoftLayer Looking Glass, SoftLayer’s


IP backbone
3. Under Command, select the Traceroute radio button.
4. Select your data center using the Select Location and Router menu.
5. Enter a website in the Target Address/Subnet or Hostname field and click Execute.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-22 Using SoftLayer Looking Glass, SoftLayer's IP backbone

Notes:
Enter the website that you want, and select the locations and the routers in those locations
that you want to perform this test against.

You can also select a color scheme.

134 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.26 Using SoftLayer Looking Glass, SoftLayer's IP backbone
(2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using the SoftLayer Looking Glass, SoftLayer’s


IP backbone
6. A Looking Glass Results window displays your traceroute results.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-23 Using SoftLayer Looking Glass, SoftLayer's IP backbone (2)

Notes:
This example shows the results generated by the quick trace route that was entered in the
previous slide.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 135


5.27 Using other networking tools

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using other networking tools

You can also test network latency, run test downloads, and perform speed tests.

The Network Latency table lets you see the current latency between data centers
and PoPs. Hover over a square in the table to see the latency between locations.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-24 Using other networking tools

Notes:
Network latency can be tested by running test downloads and performing speed tests. Hover
over the square that you are interested in to see the amount of latency.

You can quickly call out two sites and see if the students are able to answer what the latency
is between the two sites.

SoftLayer tries to be as transparent as possible when it comes to the speed of network


connections. This helps you properly plan what data centers to use and where you need to
put your data.

136 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.28 Using other networking tools (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using other networking tools

Test Downloads allows you to test the throughput rate for different file sizes from
SoftLayer data centers. Click the test that you want to run and download the .zip file.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-25 Using other networking tools (2)

Notes:
SoftLayer allows you to download different size test files from all of the data centers so you
can test your throughput. You can use 10-, 100-, or 500-megabyte test files.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 137


5.29 Using other networking tools (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using other networking tools

You can test the network speed between


your workstation and a data center. Use
these steps to perform a speed test:

1. Click the Launch Test Site


link under SoftLayer IP Backbone –
Speed Test Site.

2. Click the data center icon that you


want to test. You can hover over the
icon to see the name of the data
center.

3. The download and upload


speed between your workstation and
selected workstation are tested and
the results displayed.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-26 Using other networking tools (3)

Notes:
(none)

138 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.30 Using other networking tools from SoftLayer Control Panel

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using other networking tools from the SoftLayer


Control Panel

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-27 Using other networking tools from SoftLayer Control Panel

Notes:
A customer with a valid SoftLayer account can access the following networking tools for
additional debugging purposes:
򐂰 The Ping tool requests an echo ICMP from the selected server and is used to check
communication links and to ensure the specified server is active. Ping requests can be
sent to both SoftLayer and external devices
򐂰 The Traceroute tool determines the path that a packet of information is traveling across the
Internet by mapping the path to a destination. The results returned include the
corresponding name and IP address for each hop, and the number of milliseconds the
packet takes to get to the destination.
򐂰 The NSLookup tool resolves hostnames to IP addresses and vice versa, and can be
performed on any hostname or IP address. For queries on a hostname, all associated IP
addresses will be returned. For queries on an IP, the corresponding hostname will be
returned.
򐂰 The Check DNS tool allows users to check the last time that entries have been propagated
to DNS servers, as well as the standard propagation time for the selected domain and its
authoritative name servers.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 139


5.31 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer

In this topic, you will learn about connecting to


SoftLayer for administrative tasks and connecting
a public network to a production-level VPN.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-28 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer

Notes:
(none)

140 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.32 General concept of VPN

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

General concept of VPN


IPSec VPN
L2TP VPN
Microsoft Windows Microsoft
Palm OS Pocket PC

LAN (Trusted Network)

IPSec VPN

VPN-1 Pro
Internet

Firewall
Microsoft Apple Microsoft
Handheld PC Macintosh Windows

Clientless VPN
Via SSL

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-29 General concept of VPN

Notes:
Virtual private networks (VPNs) allow users to securely access a private network and share
data remotely through public networks. Much like a firewall protects your data on your
computer, VPNs protect it online. And while a VPN is technically a wide area network (WAN),
the front end retains the same functionality, security, and appearance as it would on the
private network.

For this reason, VPNs are hugely popular with corporations as a means of securing sensitive
data when connecting to remote data centers. These networks are also becoming
increasingly common among individual users. Because VPNs use a combination of dedicated
connections and encryption protocols to generate virtual point to point connections, even if
snoopers did manage to siphon off some of the transmitted data, they would be unable to
access it because of the encryption. In addition, VPNs allow individuals to spoof their physical
location (the user's actual IP address is replaced by the VPN provider), allowing them to
bypass content filters.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 141


5.33 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer


There are three overall types of VPN or
direct connections to SoftLayer: VPN
System Administration Management, VPN
Production Access, and Customer Ethernet
circuit handoff.

VPN System Administration


Management has these characteristics:
 1 Gb link for VPN access for customers
to perform administrative tasks on the
private network.
 Additional tunnels can be requested
through the Customer Portal.
 SSL VPN, PPTP VPN, and IPSec VPN
connections are available through the
Customer Portal.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-30 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer

Notes:
This next section talks about connecting securely into SoftLayer. There are three overall types
of VPN or direct connections into SoftLayer. The SoftLayer VPN offering for System
Administration management uses the Management network to connect.

In the diagram, note the VPN connections coming in across the bottom and linking back into
the customer’s private network. This is defaulted to a 1 gigabit link that is available to connect
through SSL VPN, PPTP VPN, and IPSec VPN.

Additional tunnels can be requested as user access or site-to-site IPsec VPN access.
However, these additional tunnels are still only for system Admin use.

142 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.34 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer

SSL VPN PPTP VPN


 No special VPN client software  Widely supported VPN solution
(uses web browser plug-ins) (the only VPN client embedded
in Windows)

34 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-31 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (2)

Notes:
The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) VPN technology has been growing in popularity. A big
advantage of SSL VPNs is that you do not need special VPN client software on the VPN
clients because they use the Web browser as the client application. Thus, SSL VPNs are
known as "clientless" solutions. This also means that the protocols that can be handled by an
SSL VPN are more limited. However, this can also be a security advantage. With SSL VPNs,
instead of giving VPN clients access to the whole network or subnet as with IPSec, you can
restrict them to specific applications. A disadvantage of this is that to use such plug-ins, the
client's browser settings will have to be opened up to allow active content. This configuration
exposes the browser to malicious applets unless you set it to block unsigned active content
and ensure that the plug-ins are digitally signed.
򐂰 In SoftLayer, you need to access vpn.softlayer.com in order to perform the VPN install
and configuration.

The Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), developed by Microsoft in conjunction with


other technology companies, is the most widely supported VPN method among Windows
clients, and is the only VPN protocol built into the Windows operating systems. PPTP is an
extension of the Internet standard Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP), the link layer protocol used
to transmit IP packets over serial links. PPTP uses the same types of authentication as PPP
(PAP, SPAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP, and EAP). PPTP establishes the tunnel, but does not provide
encryption. It is used with the Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE) protocol to create a
secure VPN. PPTP has relatively low overhead, making it faster than some other VPN
methods.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 143


򐂰 Currently supported operating systems are Microsoft Windows, Ubuntu, MacOSm, and
even iOS devices.
򐂰 PPTP has been criticized in the past for various security flaws. Many of these problems
have been addressed in current versions of the protocol. Using EAP authentication greatly
enhances the security of PPTP VPNs. One advantage of using PPTP is that there is no
requirement for a Public Key Infrastructure. However, EAP does use digital certificates for
mutual authentication (both client and server) and highest security.
򐂰 For more information about configuring this type of connection in SoftLayer, see:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/procedure/set-pptp-vpn-windows-7

144 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.35 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer

Example of an IPSec set up with SoftLayer

35 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-32 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (3)

Notes:
Note the following about the IPSec management VPN:
򐂰 There is no inherent redundancy built into this solution.
򐂰 There is just one Internet link to each VPN device in a given city.
򐂰 Unlike the SSL VPN or the PPTP VPN (which are more dynamic), the connection to the
SoftLayer IPSec devices are specific to a city and require customer configurations on the
user side.
򐂰 The customer can purchase an additional IPSec VPN in a different city if they would like to
have a backup connection available.
򐂰 If the customer is using static NATs, they will have to change some configurations on their
SoftLayer servers from one set of IPs to another as they move from one IPSec device to
another.
򐂰 Reverse static NATs are specific to each city.
򐂰 An l2tp IPSec VPN is used, which requires NAT'd addresses for the server hosted at
SoftLayer to initiate a connection with a computer on the other end of the tunnel.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 145


5.36 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (4)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer

VPN Production Access


 The recommended solutions for any
customer-required production VPN
access to the SoftLayer network is
either FortiGate security appliance
or Vyatta gateway appliance.
 More information on these services
and appliances is available in the
managed or semi-managed firewall
section of the workshop.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-33 Managing VPN connections to SoftLayer (4)

Notes:
(none)

146 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.37 Direct Link use case

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Direct Link use case

Fully integrated hybrid environment


Blur the lines between on-prem and off-prem resources. With a high
speed, direct network link between your data centers and SoftLayer,
you can move data between servers (literally) at the speed of light.

Frequent (and massive) backup and storage


Back up or store huge volumes of data from your corporate data
centers on your SoftLayer infrastructure (or the other way around).
And because you have a dedicated network connection, your transfer
rates will be fast, consistent, and reliable.

Super-secure data
Customers moving sensitive financial, health, or government-
regulated data to and from the cloud platform can further ensure its
security by completely avoiding exposure to the public internet at all
times.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-34 Direct Link use case

Notes:
The third option for a secure connection is a customer Ethernet circuit handoff or a Direct
Link.

By using this option, you can plug into SoftLayer’s private network with a Direct Link in any of
SoftLayer's network points of presence (PoPs), and enjoy fast and secure network connection
to and from your servers in any of the SoftLayer data centers around the world. With this
connection, you will have unfettered access to your servers on the SoftLayer platform. And
because you are connected to SoftLayer's private network, all traffic across your Direct Link
and between your servers in all Softlayer data centers is free and unmetered.

Point of presence allows the customer to come into SoftLayer. And going to their telco they
can negotiate a rate with their own telco and have them come to a SoftLayer point of
presence and actually bring a GBIC (gigabit interface converter), a physical connection for a
network, and physically bridge their network to the SoftLayer private network.

This option is available in any point of presence and also any data center location. All data
centers have a point of presence location in that city.

You can also do that for private networks. If you wanted to make sure all your data is
encrypted as it is moving through the SoftLayer network, you can actually set up VPN points
on the private side of things and encrypt your own data so that you can add another level of
security to your solution.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 147


Using the Direct Link has the following advantages:
򐂰 Guaranteed latency/bandwidth
򐂰 Move data to and from your on-premises data center across 1Gbps or 10Gbps network
connections.
򐂰 Protect your sensitive, business-critical data by controlling every hop of its network path.
򐂰 Enjoy direct, free access to your servers in every SoftLayer data center across the private
network.

The following are popular uses cases:


򐂰 Fully integrated hybrid environment
򐂰 Frequent backup and storage
򐂰 Extremely secure data transfers

148 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.38 Direct Link use case (continued)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Direct Link use case (continued)

 Deploy physical circuit


 Order Direct Link through portal
 Select PoP
 Select connection speed
 Select option for Remote Deployment
 Sign the letter of authorization
 Enjoy your dedicated direct link!

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-35 Direct Link use case (continued)

Notes:
To configure Direct Link, you must perform these steps:
1. Deliver and deploy the physical circuit (see previous slides).
2. Order the Direct Link through the SoftLayer portal control.softlayer.com under
Network → Direct Link.
3. Select the points of presence (PoP) location for the end point, which is the Data Center
where your SoftLayer environment is provisioned.
4. Select the connection speed: 1 Gb or 10 Gb (customer is fully responsible for all
cross-connects).
5. Select options for Remote Deployment:
– New deployment (default): Gives you a layer 3 connection to a single IP address (/30 or
/31). The SoftLayer description of these options are NAT (source-nat overload) and
Tunneling for BYOIP.
– Source NAT: Only getting one IP address really forces you to source NAT everything
from your remote site. The real life translation is that everything in your remote site can
connect to all of your SoftLayer server/services, but there will be limited connectivity
from SoftLayer into the remote site. This model only works when your remote site only
has users, and no local servers/services.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 149


– Tunneling for BYOIP: This option is really the only option when you need failover
capabilities from a remote site into two SoftLayer PoPs (Data Center Locations). You
still rely on the IP addresses that are provided in the SoftLayer environment, but you
can bring whatever client-side addressing you want.
– Existing: When you select that, you get an option to define your existing IP scheme.
The key decision is whether you need additional IPs for NAT services. The answer is
going to be yes, if you are connecting an existing environment and not using GRE
tunneling. What you do need to decide is how many IP addresses that you need for
your NAT pool. If you are planning on a huge amount of interaction between the cloud
and existing environments, you will need a large pool of IPs.
6. When you receive the letter of authorization, contact your colocation data center provider
to request a cross-connect to the SoftLayer PoP.
7. After the cross-connect for the Direct Link network has been patched to the customer
demarcation panel in the colocation facility, connect the customer network switch to that
panel.
8. After the SoftLayer Direct Link cross-connect is patched correctly, use the SoftLayer
Customer Portal to submit a support ticket requesting BGP peering IP addresses, a BGP
authentication key, and the 802.1q VLAN ID number used for the Direct Link connection.
9. SoftLayer will assign you an IP address range out of the 172.0.0.0/12 subnet. These will
be routable within the SoftLayer environment. So a server sitting on your SoftLayer private
VLAN will be able to ping the 172.16.0.10 address.
10.Configure routing on your local devices (routers, servers).

150 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.39 Direct Link use case (continued) (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Direct Link use case (continued)

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-36 Direct Link use case (continued) (2)

Notes:
This diagram is intended to show how a customer can configure communication between
their SoftLayer hosts and hosts on their remote network through a direct link with a dual IP
scheme on their remote hosts. A customer also has the ability to reIP their existing hosts on
their remote network into the SoftLayer provided 172.x.x.x IP range if they prefer not to use a
dual IP setup. All IPs used in this diagram are example IPs and will be different on
deployment with the exception of the SoftLayer services network (10.0.0.0/14).

Vyatta Gateway Appliance and detailed information about SoftLayer's network topology are
covered in Unit 9.

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 151


5.40 Recap

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Recap

 Network in Cloud Computing


 SoftLayer network strategy and
SUMMARY
topology
 Network tools in SoftLayer
 VPN connections in cloud
computing and SoftLayer
 Direct Link use cases

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-37 Recap

Notes:
(none)

152 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.41 Checkpoint questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

1. Briefly explain SoftLayer’s tiered network.


CHECKPOINT
AHEAD

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-38 Checkpoint questions

Notes:
(none)

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 153


5.42 Checkpoint questions (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

1. Briefly explain SoftLayer’s tiered network.


Answer:
 Public Network: Used to access content from a server
over the Internet.
 Private Network: Separated network used for
CHECKPOINT communication between SoftLayer DCs and PoPs
AHEAD without interfering with public network traffic.
 Out-of-Band Management Network: Accessible through
VPN allows access to servers or any other devices for
administration and maintenance purposes.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-39 Checkpoint questions (2)

Notes:
(none)

154 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.43 Checkpoint questions (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

2. What are the VPN implementations used in SoftLayer?


CHECKPOINT
AHEAD

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-40 Checkpoint questions (3)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 155


5.44 Checkpoint questions (4)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

2. What are the VPN implementations used in SoftLayer?


CHECKPOINT
AHEAD Answer: SoftLayer uses 3 different types of VPN
connections:
 SSL VPN – Secure Sockets Layer
 PPTP VPN – Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol
 IPSec VPN – Internet Protocol Security

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-41 Checkpoint questions (4)

Notes:
(none)

156 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.45 Checkpoint questions (5)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

3. How many broadband carriers at the minimum are


CHECKPOINT
AHEAD needed to provide links to single SoftLayer’s DC or PoP,
and why?

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-42 Checkpoint questions (5)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 157


5.46 Checkpoint questions (6)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

3. How many broadband carriers at the minimum are


CHECKPOINT
AHEAD needed to provide links to single SoftLayer’s DC or PoP,
and why?

Answer: SoftLayer needs at least two broadband


carriers for a single DC or PoP to avoid single points of
failure.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-43 Checkpoint questions (6)

Notes:
(none)

158 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
5.47 Checkpoint questions (7)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

4. What is the bundled outbound public bandwidth for


CHECKPOINT
AHEAD SoftLayer’s servers?

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-44 Checkpoint questions (7)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 5. Networking options in cloud computing 159


5.48 Checkpoint questions (8)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

4. What is the bundled outbound public bandwidth for


CHECKPOINT
AHEAD SoftLayer’s servers?

Answer: With:
 With monthly billed virtual servers, it is
250 GB/month included.
 With monthly billed bare metals, it is 500 GB/month
included.
 With hourly billed servers, itis not included.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 5-45 Checkpoint questions (8)

Notes:
(none)

160 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS


environment
This unit provides information about ordering and deploying a SoftLayer IaaS environment.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 161


6.1 What you should be able to do
After completing this unit, you should be able to:
򐂰 Understand the basic concepts of clould infrastructure and its components.
򐂰 Understand the technologies that are used to enable IaaS.
򐂰 Know how to manage your cloud infrastructure using the Customer Portal.

6.2 Teaching topics


The following topics are covered in this unit:
򐂰 Review basics of cloud infrastructure and components
– IaaS overview
– Platform Architecture
– Servers
– Storage
– Network
򐂰 Technologies enabling IaaS
– Provisioning
– Hypervisor
– Virtualization
– Security
򐂰 Managing cloud infrastructure
– Comparison with traditional IT
– Managing your account in IaaS

162 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.3 Basics of cloud infrastructure and components

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Basics of cloud infrastructure and components

Service provider manages

Software, data, and logic applications


services that are delivered over a
SaaS network

Middleware platform solution


stack (runtime)
PaaS Both accessible over network

Compute, network,
storage, and
IaaS virtualization

3 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-1 Basics of cloud infrastructure and components

Notes:
There are three service models on cloud, which vary in how much the cloud provider is
responsible for managing:
򐂰 Software as a Service (SaaS)
򐂰 Platform as a Service (PaaS)
򐂰 Infrastructure as a service (IaaS)

There could be exceptions where the customer can negotiate with the provider to manage
more, but most implementations follow one of these three models. This course concentrates
on the IaaS service model.

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 163


6.4 Cloud service model overview

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Cloud service model overview

Compute, network,
IaaS storage, and virtualization

In IaaS we “rent” our infrastructure (servers, storage, datacenter, network, and


the resources needed to maintain them.

This affects our business in several ways:

 No investment in infrastructure.
 Able to scale infrastructure up or down in hours.
 High dependency on the network because the servers are not in house.
 Complete dependency on IaaS provider.
 Cost of infrastructure can vary depending on usage, harder to budget.
 Need a strong design to avoid over-provisioning

4 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-2 Cloud service model overview

Notes:
With IaaS as used in this course, the customer has little or no need to invest in infrastructure
because this is all included in the subscription fee paid to the provider. The customer gains
the flexibility to scale up infrastructure within minutes or hours should it be needed, and can
scale down immediately after the peak period.

However, not having servers in house make you more dependent on internet access as you
cannot reach your servers otherwise. Likewise you are dependent on the IaaS provider
because you put your data (and thus your business) in the hands of a third-party company
that you need to be able to trust.

Lastly, the financial department will have to cope with the fact that you cannot give them a
fixed price for your infrastructure cost because you pay depending on usage. You might need
extra capacity during the release of a new version of software. Then, after a few days you
scale down back to normal. However, this period where you upgraded the capacity appears
on the next bill and will likely cause the financial department to raise questions because the
cost differs from the norm.

Again, it is easy to click and provision in IaaS, perhaps too easy so make sure you have a
correct design of your environment and do not provision more than you need because it is not
changed directly.

164 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.5 Platform architecture

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Platform architecture

Management interface
Infrastructure management system
Network
Datacenter
Servers

The IaaS platform infrastructure consists of several layers:

 The customer portal where you manage your environment


 The Orchestration management system that automates your requests
 The network, usually split into at least public and private, where you can
communicate with your servers.
 The datacenter where your physical and virtual servers are
 The servers themselves

5 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-3 Platform architecture

Notes:
The IaaS cloud infrastructure consists largely of a management interface through which you
can submit requests to your servers or hosted infrastructure.

Your requests are then intercepted by the automation layer and the infrastructure
management system, and your requests are routed through the network to the data center
where your servers are hosted.

There might be several networks for the instance (private, public, and management) and
depending on the request and type, several networks can be involved.

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 165


6.6 Locations of platform architecture

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Locations of platform architecture

• Location, Location, Location

 Where are customers located?


 Where is the IaaS datacenter?
 Where is the data stored?

6 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-4 Locations of platform architecture

Notes:
The location of the IaaS provider is likely an important issue because stable and fast access
to your hosted infrastructure is important. Customers are unlikely to wait for websites to load
or to accept unstable connections. In addition, laws in your country or region might dictate
where you may host your data and through which countries that the data may travel.

This means that the location of the providers datacenter, and possibly the geographical foot
print, is of great importance to your business and choice of provider.

166 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.7 Types of servers

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Types of servers

IaaS usually involves these types of servers:


 Bare metal servers
 Virtual servers

7 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-5 Types of servers

Notes:
When you provision servers in your IaaS environment, you can choose virtual server or bare
metal server. Not all providers have both and there can be different types of each.

SoftLayer offers the following server types:


򐂰 Bare metal: A physical server dedicated to your business and build according to your
provisioning request.
򐂰 Virtual server on a private node: A virtual server dedicated to your business, and running
on a physical host that is also dedicated to your business.
򐂰 Virtual servers on a public node: A virtual server dedicate to your business, but running on
a host that also serve other customer VMs. Although your VM is isolated from other
customers, the resource pool (memory, cpu) on the host is shared with other customers,
and their workloads will affect the performance of your server.

It is up to the IaaS provider to dimension the public and private node host so that the VMs
running on it can perform, as you are the customer have no influence on that.

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 167


6.8 Server options

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Server options

You build your servers as you wish and can pick and choose from
many options.

Servers are billed either hourly or monthly.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-6 Server options

Notes:
When you build your servers, determine how much memory, CPU, and disk you want to add.
Specify the network bandwidth and network speed, and order monitoring and firewalls to be
in place once the server is up.

Having said that, there are some “rules” set by the IaaS provider so you cannot select
1.5 CPU or 4.5 GB of memory. They have a wide selection, but you might have to order 1 GB
memory more than you need. That should be a small compromise to make.

Depending on how you configure your bare metal server, it might take a little longer to get up
and running if your specifications do not match the prebuilt ones that the provider supplies.

Naturally, you can remove or add more memory and CPU as needed. This process is faster
on a virtual server than a physical one because it requires no physical intervention.

Lastly, some service add-ons are not available with hourly billed servers such as hardware
firewalls. Because it is automated, the reason could be that they want a guaranteed longer
commitment before setting up some of the more advanced services.

Regardless of whether you select a bare metal or virtual server, it should be ready within a
couple of hours at the most and usually minutes (for virtual ones).

168 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.9 Storage types and protocols

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Storage types and protocols

Several storage types and protocols are available in the IaaS infrastructure:

 DAS – Directly Attached Storage


 NAS – Network Attached Storage
 SAN – Storage Area Network
 Object Storage – Manage data as objects

9 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-7 Storage types and protocols

Notes:
When choosing storage for IaaS, you can choose among these types:
򐂰 Direct-attached storage (DAS): DAS is storage that is directly attached to the servers just
like home computers or laptops.
򐂰 Storage area network (SAN): SAN is a type of network storage that is attached through
high speed links. To the operating system, the SAN storage appears as if it was locally
attached.
򐂰 Network-attached storage (NAS): NAS is a type of network storage that is specialized for
serving files and not as fast as SAN.
򐂰 Object Storage: Object Storage treats dat a as objects, and can be used to store files like
Virtual Machine images, backups, and archives as well as photos and videos.

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 169


6.10 Other storage types

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Other storage types

Local Storage options from SoftLayer


Bare metal Virtual servers
SAS SAN
SATA Local Disk
SSD Portable Storage Volume

Other storage types offered by SoftLayer:

 iSCSI based block storage


 NFS based file storage
 Endurance, performance, and object storage

Other IaaS providers might have different offerings, but SoftLayer has these
storage options available.

10 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-8 Other storage types

Notes:
The selection of storage should be based on your requirements and usage of the server.

For bare metal the highest speed (and corresponding cost) is achieved with SSD, with SAS
and the SATA being less costly, but slower. If speed is not a key requirement, use the type that
costs less.

For virtual servers, you can place your virtual disk on local storage of the hHypervisor or on
SAN-based storage. You also have the option to place your data disks (except the operating
system disk) on portable storage, which enables seamless transfer of data between VMs.

170 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.11 Network types

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Network types

Network
Public network
Private network
Out-of-band Management network

IaaS providers are likely use three types of networks as part of their
infrastructure:

 Public network – Accessible from the internet


 Private network – Accessible from servers/devices in your account
 Out-of-band Management network – Used to manage server and devices
and get console access to servers when required

IaaS providers should offer VPN connectivity to the private network.

11 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-9 Network types

Notes:
An IaaS provider is likely to have three different networks as part of their infrastructure:
򐂰 A public network that can access and is accessible from the internet
򐂰 A private network that is accessible only from server in your account, and if you connect
through VPN to the servers.
򐂰 A management network, so called out-of-band, that you cannot modify in any way and is
used for maintenance and console access to the servers.

You can usually disconnect private and public network interfaces on your servers as needed.
For example, you might want to disconnect a public interface on servers if your account does
not need to be accessible from the internet but only from other servers in our account or
through VPN. You can access the account from both of these using the private network
instead.

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 171


6.12 Basics of cloud infrastructure and components

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Basics of cloud infrastructure and components

Most IaaS providers will as part of their offering also provide tools to help you
monitor the network such as the following:
 Speed test
 Latency of the network between datacenters or between you and your
hosted servers.
 Download tests from the providers different datacenters

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-10 Basics of cloud infrastructure and components

Notes:
Because the network is essential for both you and your customers to access to your servers
and the data stored on them, any serious IaaS provider should offer you the means to test the
state of their network.

It could easily be that the nearest data center might not be the one where you or your
customer experience the best or most stable connection. In the case of a sudden increase in
the time it takes to access your data/servers, it is useful to troubleshoot whether the problem
is at the provider’s end, your end, or somewhere in-between.

172 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.13 Conclusion of recap

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Conclusion of recap

This concludes the recap of Units 1 through


5 of this course. If you do not understand
some of the terms mentioned in this recap,
go back and revisit the relevant unit.

If you start the course from here, be aware


that the units after this one assume that the
labs in units 1 through 5 have been
completed

13 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-11 Conclusion of recap

Notes:
(none)

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 173


6.14 Technologies enabling transformation of infrastructure

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Technologies enabling transformation of infrastructure

PROVISIONING

T
Y N
T HYPERVISOR E
I M
R E
U G
C A
E VIRTUALIZATION N
S A
M

SERVER NETWORK STORAGE

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-12 Technologies enabling transformation of infrastructure

Notes:
Cloud computing is a group of pre-existing technologies that are enabled to provide services
to your clients.

Aside from the need to have a high speed, low cost, and scalable computing environment,
some technological power covers the evolution of cloud computing. Nowadays, clouds are
supported by a set of primary technology components that are combined together to enable
key features and characteristics needed by cloud computing:
򐂰 Virtualization
򐂰 Hypervisor
򐂰 Provisioning

174 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.15 Overview of technologies

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Overview of technologies

The process of making resources


PROVISIONING
available to users

HYPERVISOR Manager of virtual machine

Partitioning IT resources into


VIRTUALIZATION
“virtual” units

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-13 Overview of technologies

Notes:
(none)

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 175


6.16 Virtualization

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Virtualization

PROVISIONING

HYPERVISOR
Use it -– Whenever you need it
 A key to cloud computing
VIRTUALIZATION  Creates a virtual version of a device or
resource (such as compute, network, and
storage)
 Creates an intelligent abstraction layer
between the computer hardware system
and the software running on it

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-14 Virtualization

Notes:
Virtualization is the key to cloud computing because it enables the technology that allows the
creation of an abstraction layer of the computer hardware system and the software running on
them. It allows a single machine act as if it were many machines.

The following are the subnets of virtualization:


򐂰 Server virtualization is the masking of server resources. It enables different operating
systems to share the same hardware. The operating systems are easy to move between
different hardware even if the applications are running.
򐂰 Storage virtualization creates the abstraction layer between the applications running on
the servers, and the storage they use to store the data.
򐂰 Network Virtualization is the process of combining hardware and software network
resources with network functionality to create a virtual network. It creates logical/virtual
networks to separate from underlying network hardware. This is to ensure that it can better
integrate and support the virtual environments.

Virtualization is important because you can adjust environment's compute, network, or


storage resources anytime if a need arises.

176 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.17 Hypervisor

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Hypervisor

PROVISIONING
Hardware resources – Efficient to use
 Manager of your virtual machines that
HYPERVISOR allows multiple operating systems to run
on the same hardware
 Controls resources allocated and ensures
multiple partitions are isolated among
them
VIRTUALIZATION

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-15 Hypervisor

Notes:
Hypervisor is a critical component of a virtual server because it is the virtual machine
manager that allows multiple operating systems (virtual machines) to run on a same
hardware. It is the foundation for virtualization of server that enables and supervises that
partitioned IT resources and ensures isolation among them.

Because the hypervisor allows multiple VMs to run on a same hardware, it helps optimize the
use of the resources. This is important to achieve the hardware's maximum productivity for all
the VMs hosted to it.

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 177


6.18 Provisioning

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Provisioning

The process of configuration, deployment,


PROVISIONING and management of resources available to
users
Configure. Deploy. Manage.
HYPERVISOR

VIRTUALIZATION

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-16 Provisioning

Notes:
Provisioning is the process of configuration, deployment, and management of multiple types
of IT system resources. The self-service provisioning for cloud computing services allows the
users to acquire and remove cloud services anytime.

Configure. Deploy. Manage.

Provisioning helps deploy resources for the application in a small amount of time, configure
the resources based on your specifications, and manage the infrastructure whenever you
want.

178 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.19 Managing cloud infrastructure

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Managing cloud infrastructure

Comparison with traditional IT

Traditional IT IaaS
Convenient, on-demand access to
Traditional data centers consist of a
an array of products and service
fragmented single purpose tools that
offerings (compute, networking,
are limited in scope
security, storage, and services)
Complex and hard to manage
Easily provisioned and minimal
infrastructure that cannot scale
management
easily
Requires continuous funding to keep Subscription model, pay for what
environment updated and running you use model.
Requires specialized resources to Once environment is designed, the
operate and manage environment provider handles the management.
Big initial investment No upfront investment needed

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-17 Managing cloud infrastructure

Notes:
With the move from traditional IT to IaaS, the fundamentals of how to operate your
infrastructure have changed.

With traditional IT, you not only have to invest in hardware and resources to manage and
operate that hardware, but you also need to have cooling, power, and likely emergency power
to handle unforeseen events. Additionally you need to set aside funding for upgrading,
servicing, and updating the infrastructure.

With IaaS, all of these are outsourced to the provider and you simply pay a subscription fee.

Additionally, if you need to upgrade a server for a period of time, you can do so with a few
clicks and later remove it again. The only effect is that your subscription fee will be a little
higher during that period. With traditional IT, you would have to purchase the upgrade and
once the peak period was over it would still be there unused.

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 179


6.20 Cloud infrastructure IaaS key points

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Cloud infrastructure IaaS key points

 Low entry fee compared to traditional IT

 Instead of purchasing hardware, floor space, software, and networking


equipment, you “rent” it

 Only acquire the resources that you need and when you need them

 Cost savings based on a utility computing basis

 Removal of capital expenditures for hardware and software

 Removal of operational expenses incurred by staffing

 Advanced self-service management tools

20 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-18 Cloud infrastructure IaaS key points

Notes:
These are the key points when considering IaaS versus traditional IT, and part of the reason
that startups often use IaaS or one of the other cloud service models.

180 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
6.21 Managing cloud infrastructure in IaaS

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Managing cloud infrastructure in IaaS

From the management portal, you can get a full overview of all the devices
and storage used by your account.

Additionally, you can get a full overview of your previous and upcoming
invoices, and the current balance for your account.

21 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-19 Managing cloud infrastructure in IaaS

Notes:
The IaaS management portal, throughout this course referred to as the Customer Portal, is
the one place to go to get a full overview of devices that are or have been provisioned. It also
displays the amount of storage used and the current balance for your account.

Additionally, you can see past and present invoices and, depending on your account
configuration, approve or deny pending requests from users in your account.

Unit 6. Managing a simple IaaS environment 181


6.22 Checkpoint

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint

 Does IaaS have a low or high entry fee ?


Low, because you pay for what you use and no investments are required.

 Do you need a big staff to manage your IaaS servers ?


No, the provider does most of the managing, and you do yours from the
Customer Portal.

 Which place can you see the current balance of your IaaS account ?
The Customer Portal.

 Can you get a full overview of your devices from the Customer Portal ?
Yes, you can get a full overview of devices, storage, and billing from
the Customer Portal.

22 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 6-20 Checkpoint

Notes:
(none)

182 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud


computing: Advanced topics
This unit provides information about these topics:
򐂰 Image templates
– Types of image templates
– Common usage scenarios using image templates
򐂰 Using image templates in SoftLayer
– Creating, sharing, using and deleting image templates
– Migrating from virtual servers to bare metal servers
– Manual and automatic scaling

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 183


7.1 What you should be able to do
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
򐂰 Explain the concept of an image template for capture, deployment, and usage scenarios
򐂰 Describe the different SoftLayer image template types
򐂰 Explain how to capture a custom image
򐂰 Create virtual servers and bare metal servers using templates and provisioning scripts
򐂰 Migrate from a virtual to a bare metal server
򐂰 Explain how to scale the environment with images
򐂰 Describe how to automate manual scaling

7.2 Teaching topics


The following topics are covered in this unit:
򐂰 Introducing the image template concept
򐂰 Image template types in SoftLayer
򐂰 Creating image templates in SoftLayer
򐂰 Sharing, finding and deploying the image templates
򐂰 Provisioning scripts
򐂰 Usage scenarios in SoftLayer:
– Migrating from virtual server to bare metal server
– Using images to scale an environment

184 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.3 Introducing the image template concept

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introducing the image template concept

 Image templates are a method of capturing a device image to quickly


replicate its configuration with minimal manipulations

 A point in time image capture can be useful in scaling scenarios

 Image templates are used across various cloud offerings

 There is no common (compatible) implementation across the


various cloud offerings

5 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-1 Introducing the image template concept

Notes:
Usually there are import/export tools to allow images from a particular cloud offering to be
used in a different one.

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 185


7.4 Image template types in SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Image template types in SoftLayer

SoftLayer currently provides two options for creating image templates, each
offering unique features based on operating system and image type:

 Standard Image provides an imaging option for all virtual servers,


regardless of their operating system.

 Flex Image is server-type neutral.

6 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-2 Image template types in SoftLayer

Notes:
(none)

186 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.5 Image template types in SoftLayer: Standard images

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Image template types in SoftLayer: Standard Images

 Allow capture of virtual server images and replication of their configuration


to other virtual instances.

 Are available on all virtual servers, and do not require a specific operating
system for functionality.

 Not available for bare metal servers.

7 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-3 Image template types in SoftLayer: Standard images

Notes:
(none)

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 187


7.6 Image template types in SoftLayer: Flex Images

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Image template types in SoftLayer: Flex Images

 Flex Images are SoftLayer's platform-neutral imaging system that allows


users to capture an image of both bare metal servers and virtual servers
and apply that image to either platform.

 Having the freedom to create images across platforms allows users to


create bare metal servers from images of virtual servers and vice versa,
providing more flexibility in scaling.

8 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-4 Image template types in SoftLayer: Flex Images™

Notes:
Flex Image is available on machines running out of any SoftLayer data center, worldwide. Flex
Image is currently available for use on machines that run one of the following operating
systems:
򐂰 CentOS 5 and 6 (7 is not supported yet)
򐂰 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 or better
򐂰 Microsoft Windows Server 2003
򐂰 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2

Similar to SoftLayer's Standard Image template, Flex Image templates capture an image of a
machine and allows you to replicate that machine on another instance. However, Flex Image
goes a step further than the Standard Image template because it can be used for replication
on both bare metal and virtual servers. In addition, images captured using Flex Image can be
used between platforms.

188 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.7 Image template types in SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Image template types in SoftLayer

Standard Images Flex Images

Can be captured only from Can be captured from both virtual


Server type - capture
virtual servers and bare metal servers
Can be used to provision only Can be used to provision both
Server type - provisioning
virtual servers virtual and bare metal servers
Work with any operating Work only with specific operating
Operating System
system systems
Migration from bare metal
Not supported Supported
to virtual
Migration from virtual to
Not supported Supported
bare metal

Storage Object Storage Object Storage

9 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-5 Image template types in SoftLayer

Notes:
(none)

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 189


7.8 Creating image templates in SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Creating image templates in SoftLayer

When creating an image template, the following actions are performed by


SoftLayer’s Infrastructure Management System (IMS):
 The server is powered off.
 A copy of the data is created.
 The configuration information is recorded.
 The server is started.

10© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-6 Creating image templates in SoftLayer

Notes:
(none)

190 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.9 Creating image templates in SoftLayer (2)

IBM Digital Sales Inte rna tion al Techni cal Support Organization an d Auth ori ng Servi ce s

Creating image templates in SoftLayer

 An image can be captured from both virtua l servers and from


bare metal servers.

 Standard Images are only applicable to virtual servers. Flex Ima ges support
both virtual servers and bare metal servers, not standard images..

 Flex Image templates have specific operating system requi rements.

 Image templates can be created from the SoftLayer Custo mer Portal
or using the SoftLayer’s application programming in terface (API)

11 © 2015 IB M Corporat ion

Figure 7-7 Creating image templates in SoftLayer (2)

Notes:
Image templates can be created in the SoftLayer Customer Porta from the Device List
window under the Devices menu. The server needs to be turned off when the template is
being created. Image templates are charged per gigabyte.

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 191


7.10 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates

12© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-8 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates

Notes:
The diagram presents an example view of the Image Templates window in SoftLayer. The
default view on this window shows all the private images associated with the account. Public
images can be accessed from the same page.
򐂰 Private Images: Private Images are those created by a user on the account or images
created on another account that have been shared with the account. By default, all images
created are private.
򐂰 Public Images: The Image Templates window containing public images displays images of
pre-configured machines posted by SoftLayer and are available for use by all SoftLayer
customers. The Public Image templates were created with optimal performance in mind
and provide a comprehensive list of choices.
򐂰 Editing image templates: Details regarding private images can be viewed and edited,
while details regarding public images are read-only.

Both Flex and Standard image interaction is identical.

192 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.11 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates

13© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-9 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (2)

Notes:
This image shows the following options:
򐂰 Editing the details of a private image
򐂰 Sharing a Private Image across data centers and across SoftLayer accounts

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 193


7.12 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates

14© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-10 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (3)

Notes:
This image shows how to create virtual or bare metals servers from a Flex Image template.

194 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.13 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (4)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates

An image template can be deployed on a new or an existing server:


 On a new server, order the template from the Images view or by setting up
an Autoscale group.
 On an existing server, select the Load from Image option in the Device
view in the software Customer Portal.
 Both options can be automated using the SoftLayer API.

15© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-11 Sharing, finding, and deploying the image templates (4)

Notes:
During the deployment stage of the Image Template, SoftLayer’s Infrastructure Management
System constructs a new machine based on the data gathered from the selected image,
making adjustments for volume. It then restores the copied data and then makes final
configuration changes (for example, network configurations) for the new host.

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 195


7.14 Provisioning scripts

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Provisioning scripts

A provisioning script is a script that may be downloaded and executed on


a device during the provisioning process. Provisioning scripts must have these
characteristics:
 Associated with a fully-qualified domain name
 Accessible via the HTTP or HTTPS protocol
 Executable by the operating system

16© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-12 Provisioning scripts

Notes:
Provisioning can be downloaded to a device during the provisioning process from a URL
specified during the time of order creation. For existing accounts, provisioning scripts are
managed within the Customer Portal. Additionally, scripts for new accounts or scripts that are
not yet tracked on the Customer Portal can be entered manually during the ordering process.

During the provisioning process, scripts associated with an HTTP URL are downloaded to the
device and must be manually executed on the device by an administrator after it has been
provisioned. Scripts associated with an HTTPS URL are downloaded and executed. If the
URL is not associated to an executable script, the script will simply be downloaded and no
further action will be taken.

Provisioning scripts should be executable on the provisioned server and the prerequisites
(such as the Python interpreter if it is a Python script) should be present.

196 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.15 Usage scenarios in SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Usage scenarios in SoftLayer

Migrating from virtual to bare metal has these considerations:


 Allows for higher performance.
 It is a scenario supported by Flex Image templates.
 A Flex Image template must be captured from a virtual server that
has one of the supported operating systems.
 The Flex Image template must be then used to order bare metal servers.

17© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-13 Usage scenarios in SoftLayer

Notes:
(none)

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 197


7.16 Usage scenarios in SoftLayer (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Usage scenarios in SoftLayer

Environment scale-out can be leveraged with both Flex and Standard Image
templates for virtual servers. The scenario is to use image templates and
provisioning scripts to clone an existing configuration and provision multiple
servers according to the performance requirements.
There already is an automated implementation for scaling virtual servers in
SoftLayer, called Autoscale. An Autoscale group works by using an image
template and optionally a provisioning script to add a flexible number of virtual
servers behind a local load balancer.

18© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-14 Usage scenarios in SoftLayer (2)

Notes:
Custom implementations can be developed using the SoftLayer API. A custom
implementation can use bare metal servers, global load balancing, and more advanced
monitoring triggers when configuring the autoscaling.

198 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.17 Checkpoint questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

1. What is the difference between a Standard Image and a Flex Image?

a) A Standard Image template is exclusive to virtual servers, while a


Flex Image is device-neutral. Standard Images are available on all
virtual servers.

b) A Flex Image is exclusive to virtual servers, while a Standard Image


template is device-neutral. Flex Images are available on all
virtual servers.

c) A Flex Image can be viewed and applied to a new machine by any user,
while a Standard Image can only be viewed by authorized users.

19© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-15 Checkpoint questions

Notes:
(none)

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 199


7.18 Checkpoint questions (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

2. What is the difference between using an HTTP or HTTPS URL for


your provisioning script?

a) Using HTTP protocol, the transfer of the provisioning script during the provisioning
process can be controlled by the server. Using HTTPS protocol, the information that
is being transferred is sheltered to act contrary to possible security flaws.

b) Using HTTP protocol results in the provisioning script being downloaded to the
device and then be manually executed, if necessary, by a user with administrative
access. Using HTTPS protocol results in the provisioning script being downloaded
and executed, if possible. If the URL is not associated to an executable script, the
script will simply be downloaded and no further action must be taken.

c) Using HTTPS protocol, the files and information downloaded while the provisioning
process are encrypted, so you have to decrypt them to use them. Using HTTP, the
provisioning script is already decrypted by the server, so you can use it
straightaway.

20© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-16 Checkpoint questions (2)

Notes:
(none)

200 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
7.19 Checkpoint questions (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

3. What is the Auto Scale option in SoftLayer?

a) It enables you to scale the options you made while ordering the
SoftLayer solution.

b) It enables you to automate the manual scaling process associated with


adding or removing virtual servers.

c) It automates the algorithm’s choice for resource-use triggers to aggregate


metrics across assets and time.

21© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-17 Checkpoint questions (3)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 7. Server offerings in cloud computing: Advanced topics 201


7.20 Checkpoint questions (4)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

4. What is the function of a Standard Image template?

a) It gives users the ability to capture an image from a physical or virtual


device and create a machine based on the image, so from a physical to a
virtual device image and vice versa.

b) It allows users to capture an image of an existing virtual server regardless


of its operating system and create a new virtual server based on the
image.

c) It allows users to recreate lost server configurations with the saved


Standard Image template.

22© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 7-18 Checkpoint questions (4)

Notes:
Answers:
1. a)
2. b)
3. b)
4. b)

202 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
8

Unit 8. Storage options in cloud


computing: Advanced topics
This unit provides information about these topics:
򐂰 Backup and Recovery Basics
򐂰 SoftLayer Backup and Recovery Offerings
򐂰 Snapshots and replication of Endurance Storage offering

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 203


8.1 What you should be able to do
After you complete this unit, you should be able to:
򐂰 Explain backup and recovery basic concepts
򐂰 Describe the SoftLayer backup and recovery offerings
򐂰 Make an educated decision when ordering B&R solutions from SoftLayer
򐂰 Use the snapshots and replication functionality of the Endurance storage offering

8.2 References
The following links are useful for further research:
򐂰 Snapshots:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/procedure/endurance-snapshots
򐂰 Replication:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/procedure/endurance-replication
򐂰 CDP:
http://wiki.r1soft.com/display/CDP/Documentation
򐂰 QuantaStor:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/learning/quantastor-software-defined-storag
e

8.3 Teaching topics


This unit covers the following topics:
򐂰 Backup and recovery concepts
򐂰 Backup and recovery solutions available in SoftLayer
򐂰 Snapshots and replication features of Endurance storage
򐂰 Dedicated storage
򐂰 Why you would need dedicated storage
򐂰 Dedicated storage options available in SoftLayer (QuantaStor)

204 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
8.4 Backup and recovery: Concepts

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Backup and recovery: Concepts

 Full
– A complete backup of the data
 Differential
– Backup of data that was changed since the last full backup

 Incremental
– Backup of data that was changed since the last backup of any kind

5 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 8-1 Backup and recovery: Concepts

Notes:
In the IT industry, data is the most important asset and must be kept safe. Backup and
recovery solutions help you keep it secure. The following are important backup concepts in
SoftLayer.

Backup is a process of creating additional copies of the data. If you lose the original version of
your data, you can recover your data from the copy.

When working with the Backup and Recovery application, you will often encounter the
following terms:
򐂰 Full backup: A complete, one to one copy of the existing data.
򐂰 Differential backup: Backup of data that was changed since the last full backup. For
example, if you did your full backup on Sunday and run a differential backup on Monday,
only the data that has changed since Sunday will be backed up. If you will take a backup
on Friday, the differential backup backs up the data that was changed between Sunday
and Friday.
򐂰 Incremental backup: Backup of data that was changed since the last backup of any kind.
For example, if you ran a full backup on Sunday and an incremental backup on Monday, an
incremental backup on Tuesday will only copy data taht was changed since the Monday
backup.

These backup types are often used in combinations. One of the common approaches is to
run full backups once per week, and an incremental backup every week day.

Unit 8. Storage options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 205


8.5 Backup and recovery: Concepts (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Backup and recovery: Concepts

 Recovery time objective (RTO): The targeted duration of time and a


service level within which a business process must be restored after a disaster
(or disruption) to avoid unacceptable consequences associated with a break in
business continuity.

 Recovery point objective (RPO): The RPO is defined by business continuity


planning. It is the maximum targeted period in which data might be lost from an IT
service due to a major incident.

6 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 8-2 Backup and recovery: Concepts (2)

Notes:
When thinking about backup strategy you need to consider additional factors, including the
following:
򐂰 How fast you will need the data to be recovered in case of failure
򐂰 How old the data restored should be

These factors involve two additional terms:


򐂰 RTO is how fast your data must be recovered after failure.
򐂰 RPO is how old that the data that you restore be so that your business will not be affected.
In some cases it can be days, but for some critical databases, like for example billing or
banking databases, losing even one hour old data can be critical.

206 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
8.6 Backup and recovery solutions in SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales Intern atio nal Te chn ica l Support Organi zation a nd Authoring Services

Backup and recovery solutions in SoftLayer

 EVault
EVault Backup is an automated agent-based backup system that is managed by
using a centralized web administration console called WebCC. It provides users with
a possibility to back up data between servers in one or more data c enters on the
SoftLayer Network.

 Idera/R1Soft CDP
Idera Server Backup provides high-perf ormanc e disk-to-disk server backup, featuring
a central management and data reposit ory. It protects data at block level, and unique
disk blocks on the server are stored only once across all recovery points, increasing
storage efficiency.

 Bring your own solution


In Sof tLayer, you are free to install any middleware on your virtual servers and bare
metal s ervers that you wish to. SoftLayer customers can implement their own bac kup
solut ion on their bare metal servers using software s uch as IBM TSM, NetBack up,
Networker, etc. .

7 © 2015 IBM Corporat ion

Figure 8-3 Backup and recovery solutions in SoftLayer

Notes:
EVault Backup is an automated agent-based backup system that is managed through a
centralized web administration console called WebCC. It allows you to back up data between
servers in one or more data centers on the SoftLayer Network. To use Evault, you complete
the following steps:
1. Order an Evault backup volume for the server you want to back up.
2. Install the Evault Client (aka Agent) on your system. Instructions for agent installation are
available at http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/topic/evault-backup.
3. Create a backup job using Evault WebCC.

Another backup solution available from SoftLayer is Idera Server Backup. Idera Server
Backup provides high-performance disk-to-disk server backup, featuring a central
management and data repository. It protects data at block level, and unique disk blocks on the
server are stored only once across all recovery points, increasing storage efficiency.

Idera is ordered as an add-on for a bare metal server. SoftLayer provides the license based
on the amount of backup agents that the customer needs. For more information about Idera,
see the vendor website at http://wiki.r1soft.com/display/CDP/Documentation.

In SoftLayer, you are free to install any middleware on your virtual servers and bare metal
servers that you wish to. SoftLayer customers can implement their own backup solution on
their bare metal servers using software such as IBM TSM, NetBackup, Networker, etc. This

Unit 8. Storage options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 207


flexibility allows you to bring your own backup solutions if the solutions provided by SoftLayer
do not fit your needs.

Overall, there are plenty of ways you can use to protect your data in SoftLayer. Some other
options are covered in the next part of this unit.

208 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
8.7 Snapshots and replication of Endurance storage

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Snapshots and replication of Endurance storage

 Snapshots
A snapshot represents a volume's contents at a particular point in time. Snapshots
enable you to protect your data with no performance impact, minimal consumption of
space, and are your first line of defense for data protection. Data can be quickly and
easily restored from a snapshot copy if a user accidentally modifies or deletes crucial
data from a volume with the snapshot feature.

 Replication
Replication uses one of your snapshot schedules to automatically copy snapshots to
a destination volume in a remote data center. The copies can be recovered in the
remote site in the event of corrupted data or a catastrophic event.

8 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 8-4 Snapshots and replication of Endurance storage

Notes:
Snapshot represents a volume's contents at a particular point in time. You can have
scheduled snapshots, and in case of need you can rollback to one of previous snapshots. In
SoftLayer you can have snapshots scheduled in hourly, daily, and weekly, and can store up to
50 Snapshots. The number of snapshots that you can store also depends on the size of
snapshot volume that you order together with Endurance storage.

Snapshot technology can be used as a first line of defense in your Backup and Recover plan.
You can easily combine Endurance snapshots with any of external backup solutions. As an
extension to the Snapshot functionality, a replication functionality is available for Endurance
storage.

Replication uses one of your snapshot schedules to automatically copy snapshots to a


destination volume in a remote SoftLayer data center. During a disaster, you can fail over to
your replica site and mount the replicated volume to any server in the failover SoftLayer data
center.

For more information about snapshots and replication, see the following links:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/procedure/endurance-snapshots
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/procedure/endurance-replication

Unit 8. Storage options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 209


8.8 Dedicated storage

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Dedicated storage

 Dedicated storage
Although SoftLayer’s storage portfolio covers most business cases, remember that
your data is hosted on a shared storage system. Some business cases might require
data to be stored on a dedicated storage system.

9 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 8-5 Dedicated storage

Notes:
It is important to understand that having information on a shared storage device does not
expose you to any additional risk.

Some examples of cases when you would consider dedicated storage are storing financial,
confidential, or personal information. You might also need to consider dedicated storage due
to some kind of regulations, such as from a government. Or your company might just want to
have better control over their own storage.

For such cases, you can deploy a 2U or 4U server with up to 36 internal drives. Configure it
with your choice of hard drives (SATA, SAS, or SSD) and install OS of your choice on it. For
example, you can install Linux and share the storage using the NFS or iSCSI protocol. Or you
can install Windows and share the disk using CIFS.

SoftLayer provides an option to order an OS NEXUS QuantaStor storage appliance as part of


server ordering process.

210 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
8.9 Dedicated storage: OS NEXUS QuantaStor

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Dedicated storage: OS NEXUS QuantaStor

 QuantaStor
The QuantaStor Storage appliance platform delivers SAN (iSCSI) + NAS (NFS/CIFS)
storage on the server hardware of your choice. Designed for IT generalists,
QuantaStor appliances configure in minutes and are easy to operate by using an
intuitive HTML5 interface.

10 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 8-6 Dedicated storage: OS NEXUS QuantaStor

Notes:
QuantaStor is a third-party product developed by OSNexus. It is a customized Linux
distribution with an intuitive HTML5 web interface. You can use it to provide iSCSI Volumes, or
NFS and CIFS shares. It supports your read and write cache using SSD disks.

For more information about QuantaStor, see:


http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/learning/quantastor-software-defined-storage

Unit 8. Storage options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 211


8.10 Check point: Questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Check point: Questions

 True or False:
Differential backup saves data changed from last full backup?

 What is Evault WebCC?

 True or False:
You can create daily, weekly, and yearly snapshots for Endurance storage.

11 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 8-7 Check point: Questions

Notes:
(none)

212 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
8.11 Check point: Questions answered

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Check point: Questions answered

 True or False:
Differential backup saves data changed from last full backup?
– True

 What is Evault WebCC?


– Web Control Center, centralized control panel for Evault.

 True or False:
You can create daily, weekly and yearly snapshots for Endurance storage.
– False: Hourly, daily, and weekly

12 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 8-8 Check point: Questions answered

Notes:
(none)

Unit 8. Storage options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 213


214 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud


computing: Advanced topics
This unit looks in more detail at some advanced capabilities in the SoftLayer network,
discusses their purpose, and provides usage examples that can be applied in real life
scenarios.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 215


9.1 What you should be able to do
After completing this unit, you should be able to:
򐂰 Describe the network architecture of SoftLayer.
򐂰 Identify the uses of IP addresses in SoftLayer.
򐂰 Explain the use of VLANs and VLAN spanning.
򐂰 Describe the fundamentals of load balancing and load balancing solutions in SoftLayer.
򐂰 Describe the purposes of the SoftLayer Content Delivery Network.
򐂰 Explain the uses of the Vyatta appliance

9.2 References
The following materials are useful for future research:
򐂰 Technical documentation:
https://developer.ibm.com/marketplace/docs/technical-scenarios/
򐂰 SoftLayer KnowledgeLayer:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/
򐂰 Content Delivery Network (CDN):
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/faqs/213#689
򐂰 Comparison of CDN providers:
https://www.paessler.com/blog/2010/05/17/monitoring-knowledge/real-world-perfor
mance-comparison-of-cdn-content-delivery-network-providers
򐂰 Hosting a WordPress blog:
https://developer.ibm.com/marketplace/docs/technical-scenarios/hosting-wordpres
s-blog-ibm-cloud/
򐂰 Getting started with the IBM Cloud marketplace:
https://developer.ibm.com/marketplace/docs/getting-started-2/
򐂰 SoftLayer CDN:
http://www.softlayer.com/content-delivery-network
򐂰 GoDaddy:
http://www.godaddy.com/
򐂰 WP Super Cache:
https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-super-cache/

9.3 Teaching topics


This unit covers the following topics:
򐂰 Detailed SoftLayer network architecture
򐂰 IP addresses in SoftLayer
򐂰 VLANs and VLAN spanning
򐂰 Load balancing fundamentals
򐂰 Load balancing solutions in SoftLayer (includes use case)

216 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
򐂰 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network (includes use case)
򐂰 Vyatta appliance
򐂰 Recap
򐂰 Checkpoint
򐂰 Networking 101 (optional)
– Introduction to OSI model
– Understanding TCP/IP addressing and subnetting basics
– Netmask quick reference

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 217


9.4 SoftLayer network topology

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer network topology

4 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-1 SoftLayer network topology

Notes:
This diagram shows the detailed SoftLayer network topology. Softlayer uses a variety of
devices in its network topology including, but not limited to Cisco and Juniper network
devices, Fortigate security devices, Array Network load balancers, and NetApp storage.

218 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.5 IP addresses in SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

IP addresses in SoftLayer

IP block type Description

Static IP block A block of IP addresses that are routed directly to a specific IP on the network.

Portable IP block Any IP block that can be used on multiple servers within a single VLAN
concurrently. Portable IP address are switchable within a VLAN from server to
server. There are two types of portable IP blocks:
• Routed to VLAN is a static IP block that is routed to an entire VLAN rather
than a specific IP address. Use this method if you have multiple host nodes
within the same VLAN. This allows you to migrate a container to a different
hardware node within the same VLAN, and not change the IP of the container.
• Secondary to VLAN is designed to be used within a virtual environment. It
requires that the network, gateway, and broadcast IPs be bound directly to the
VLAN rendering these IPs unusable by the customer. This block is used with a
virtual machine. To have one usable IP address for a server, you need at least
four IP addresses in a block.

Global IP addresses A Global IP is a static IP address that can be transferred between bare metal
servers or virtual servers associated with the account that owns the subnet.
Global IPs can be moved to any compatible device on the SoftLayer network.

5 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-2 IP addresses in SoftLayer

Notes:
SoftLayer currently offers two different types of IP blocks: Static and Portable. The different
types of IP blocks are designed to be used in different ways. Below is a brief description on
each type of block that is offered by SoftLayer as well as a section on using these IP
addresses within a virtual machine (VM).

Static IP block

The most popular type of IP block within the SoftLayer network is the Static IP block. A Static
IP block is a block of IPs that are routed directly to a specific IP on your network. Every IP
address in a Static block is usable on the server. One of the primary benefits of a Static block
of IPs is that you do not lose the first two and last IP from the block. Below is an example of a
small Static IP block 192.168.0.4/30:
򐂰 192.168.0.4 - Usable Address
򐂰 192.168.0.5 - Usable Address
򐂰 192.168.0.6 - Usable Address
򐂰 192.168.0.7 - Usable Address

As this example shows, all 4 IPs in this block would be available to the server, while with a
portable block, only a single IP from this block would actually be usable on the server due to
the network, gateway, and broadcast IPs being bound directly to the VLAN.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 219


Portable IP block

A SoftLayer Portable IP block is considered to be any IP block that can be used on multiple
servers within a single VLAN concurrently. SoftLayer currently offers two different types of
Portable IP blocks:
򐂰 Routed to VLAN block: A Static IP block that is routed to an entire VLAN rather than a
specific IP address.
򐂰 Secondary on VLAN block: Designed to be used within a Virtual Environment.

The primary difference between the two is the number of IPs that are available for use. A
Routed to VLAN block, like a static block, provides the user access to all IPs within the block.
A Secondary on VLAN block, however, requires that the Network, Gateway and Broadcast
IPs be bound directly to the VLAN, rendering them unusable by the user. Use a Routed to
VLAN block when you want to use any IP within that block on any server within the VLAN at
any time. The Secondary on VLAN block is used with a virtual machine. More information on
Secondary on VLAN blocks is provided in the IPs for VMs section.

When ordering a Portable IP block, by default SoftLayer will provide you with a Secondary on
VLAN block. If you wish to have this block converted to a Routed to VLAN block for use on
your servers within a single VLAN, open a support ticket requesting that it be converted to a
Routed to VLAN block.

IPs in PoDs that support HSRP

Remember that PoDs that take advantage of the Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) utilize
two more IPv4 addresses (one for the VLAN interface of each participating router) out of
every Secondary on VLAN block configured on the VLAN.

Below is an example of a Secondary on VLAN block 192.168.0.4/28 being used for multiple
VMs in a HRSP PoD.
򐂰 192.168.0.0 - Network Address
򐂰 192.168.0.1 - Gateway Address
򐂰 192.168.0.2 - Router A VLAN Interface
򐂰 192.168.0.3 - Router B VLAN Interface
򐂰 192.168.0.4 - VPS1
򐂰 192.168.0.5 - VPS2
򐂰 192.168.0.6 - VPS3
򐂰 192.168.0.8 - VPS4
򐂰 192.168.0.9 - VPS5
򐂰 192.168.0.10 - VPS6
򐂰 192.168.0.11 - VPS7
򐂰 192.168.0.12 - VPS8
򐂰 192.168.0.13 - VPS9
򐂰 192.168.0.14 - VPS10
򐂰 192.168.0.15 - Broadcast Address

IPs for virtual machines

Private Clouds are becoming more popular every day. This section covers what type of IP
blocks are required to be used in a VM to implement hypervisors which are not managed by
SoftLayer, such as Citrix XenServer, VMware, Microsoft Hyper-V and KVM. You may
provision a SoftLayer bare metal server with XenServer, VMware or Microsoft Hyper-V using
the SoftLayer customer portal. For other hypervisors such as KVM, you should provision a
bare metal server with No Operating System and then load your own hypervisor. Remember
you are responsible for managing hypervisors which you implement on bare metal servers.

220 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
The example provided below is based on Microsoft Hyper-V.

Every VM connected to the SoftLayer network in a virtual environment requires a primary IP


address from a portable block of IPs. The reason is that Hyper-V requires each VM to provide
a network, gateway, and broadcast address on the same subnet as the primary IP assigned
to the VM. One advantage to this network configuration is that a single Secondary on VLAN
block can be used for multiple VMs. The following is an example of a Secondary on VLAN
block 192.168.0.4/29 being used for multiple VMs.
򐂰 192.168.0.0 - Network Address
򐂰 192.168.0.1 - Gateway Address
򐂰 192.168.0.2 - VPS1
򐂰 192.168.0.3 - VPS1
򐂰 192.168.0.4 - VPS1
򐂰 192.168.0.5 - VPS2
򐂰 192.168.0.6 - VPS3
򐂰 192.168.0.7 - Broadcast Address

As the example shows, this Secondary on VLAN block provides five usable IP address out of
the eight IP addresses in the block bound across three different VMs. If you want to add more
IPs to a VM when all the IPs on the Portable block are used, use a Static block, or a Routed to
VLAN Portable block.

To use a Static Block within a VM, first order a new Static IP block from the portal. When you
order this block you will be able to select the IP address that you want this block to be routed
to. By selecting the IP address that is assigned to the VM, the new block is routed specifically
to that VM. You can then bind the new block of IPs directly to that VM and begin using them
immediately.

Alternately, if you wish for the new block to be usable by more than one VM, use a Routed to
VLAN block. A Routed to VLAN block is available by purchasing a Portable IP block from the
portal and selecting the VLAN where the IP address of the VM is. After the IP block is created,
it is then available for use on any Server or VM on that VLAN.

Each SoftLayer server (virtual or bare metal) comes with one primary IPv4 address.
Additional IP blocks are available with quantities of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 IP addresses..

Private IP Addressing is defined by SoftLayer (10.x.x.x).

Global IP addresses

Global IPs provide IP flexibility by allowing users to shift workloads between servers, even
ones in different data centers. Global IPs also provide IP persistence by allowing for
transitions between servers and VSIs (Virtual Server Instance), such as upgrading from a VSI
to a dedicated system without having your IP tied to a particular server or VLAN.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 221


9.6 IP addresses in SoftLayer (2)

IBM Di gital Sales Intern atio nal Te chn ica l Support Organi zation a nd Authoring Services

IP addresses in SoftLayer

Subnet Descript ion


Primar y subnets A primar y subnet is the primary network bound to a VLAN within the
SoftLayer network (Each VLAN that SoftLayer creates comes with a
primary subnet).
Portable subnets A portable subnet is a secondary networ k bound to a VLAN within the
SoftLayer network. It will not be touched by SoftLayer systems (such as
when you ar e building your private cloud).
Static subnets A static subnet is a network bound to a single server. Use static subnets if
you have one har dware node per VLAN or in total.
Customer subnets A subnet that is owned by customer and is put in to use and routed in
SoftLayer.

6 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-3 IP addresses in SoftLayer (2)

Notes:
Click Network → IP Management → Subnets to find the four types of subnets configured in
your SoftLayer account by ordering IP blocks (which are the equivalent to subnet in SoftLayer
terminology). Some new subnet names appear as explained in the table.

222 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.7 Five steps to start using IPv6 in SoftLayer

IBM Di gi tal Sales Intern atio nal Te chn ica l Support Organi zation a nd Authoring Services

Five steps to start using IPv6 in SoftLayer

1. Obtain a block of public IPs from SoftLayer’s portal.


2. Install IPv6 in your s ys tem.
3. Bind your new IPv6 to the application.
4. Add I Pv6 addresses to DNS.
5. Make an IPv6 ac cessibility tes t.

7 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-4 Five steps to start using IPv6 in SoftLayer

Notes:
Each type of address (Static, Portable, and Global) can be ordered in SoftLayer either in
version 4 or 6. When you connect to the Internet, your device (computer, smartphone, tablet)
is assigned an IP address, and any site you visit has an IP address. The IP addressing
system that has been used since the beginning of the Internet is called IPv4, and the new
addressing system is called IPv6. IPv6 was introduced because the Internet is running out of
available IPv4 address space, and IPv6 provides is an exponentially larger pool of IP
addresses:
򐂰 Total IPv4 Space: 4,294,967,296 addresses
򐂰 Total IPv6 Space: 340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses

An IPv4 address is based on 32 bits, while IPv4 is based on 128 bits. Example of IPv6
address:
2607:f0d0:4545:3:200:f8ff:fe21:67cf

Fortunately, the SoftLayer platform is IPv6 ready, and is already issuing and routing IPv6
traffic. Obtaining a block of public IPs from SoftLayer is as easy as logging into the portal,
pulling up the hardware page of a server, and ordering a /64 block of IPv6 IPs.

In addition, most current server operating systems are ready to change to IPv6. This includes
Windows 2003 SP1 and most Linux operating systems with 2.6.x Linux kernels. This
discussion focuses on Windows and RedHat/CentOS.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 223


To ready your Windows 2003 server for IPv6, complete these steps:
1. In Control Panel, double-click Network Connections.
2. Right-click any local area connection, and then click Properties.
3. Click Install.
4. In the Select Network Component Type window, click Protocol and then Add.
5. In the Select Network Protocol window, select Microsoft TCP/IP version 6 and then click
OK.
6. Click Close to save changes to your network connection.

After IPv6 is installed, IIS will automatically support IPv6 on your web server. If a website was
running when you installed the IPv6 stack, you must restart the IIS service before the site
begins to listen for IPv6 requests. Sites that you create after you enable IPv6 automatically
listen for IPv6. Windows 2008 server should have IPv6 enabled by default.

When your Windows server is ready for IPv6, add IPv6 addresses to the server just as you
add IPv4 addresses. The only difference is that you edit the properties to the Internet Protocol
Version 6 (TCP/IPv6) network protocol.

Now that you have more IPv6 addresses for your servers than what's available to the entire
world in IPv4 space, you must bind them to IIS or Apache. This is done the similarly to the
way you bind IPv4 addresses.

Add your new IPv6 addresses to your DNS server. If you are using a IPv6-enabled DNS
server, simply insert an 'AAAA' resource record (aka quad-A record) for your host.

While your DNS is propagating, test your web server to see if it responds to the IP that you
assigned by using square brackets in your browser:
http://[2101:db8::a00:200f:fda7:00ea]. This test only works if your computer is on a IPv6
network. If you are limited to IPv4, you will need sign up with a tunnel broker or switch to an
ISP that offers IPv6 connectivity.

After about 24 hours, your server and new host should be ready to serve websites on the IPv6
stack.

224 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.8 Separating devices and subnets with VLANs

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Separating devices and subnets with VLANs

VLAN spanning is an account setting that enables traffic to travel between private
VLANs on a single account. VLANs protect devices from traffic that occurs on other
customer accounts. Private VLANs take this protection further by restricting traffic on the
VLAN to only occur between devices on the VLAN. This means that, by default, devices
that are located on two different private VLANs cannot send traffic between one another.

8 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-5 Separating devices and subnets with VLANs

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 225


9.9 VLAN spanning

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

VLAN spanning

By enabling VLAN spanning, this restriction is lifted so that devices on an account's


different private VLANs can communicate with one another.

9 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-6 VLAN spanning

Notes:
(none)

226 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.10 VLAN spanning (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

VLAN spanning
To enable or disable VLAN spanning, complete these steps:
1. Access the VLANs screen in the Customer Portal. Refer to Access the VLANs window.
2. Click the Span tab to access the VLAN Spanning window.
3. Click the On radio button to enable VLAN spanning. Click the Off button to disable VLAN spanning.

After updating VLAN spanning selections, the request can take up to 15 minutes to process.
A confirmation of the change will briefly appear below the Span tab. If enabling VLAN spanning,
devices will be able to communicate with one another across VLANs using the private network after
the update has been processed. If disabling spanning, devices will only be able to connect to one
another if they reside in the same VLAN. Cross-VLAN communication will no longer be possible.
VLAN spanning settings can be updated at any time by repeating these steps. Toggling between
VLAN spanning settings in a short amount of time might result in a delay of settings being applied.

10 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-7 VLAN spanning (2)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 227


9.11 Load balancing fundamentals

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Load balancing fundamentals


A load balancer is a device that acts as a reverse proxy and distributes network or application traffic
across a number of servers. Load balancers are used to increase capacity (concurrent users) and
reliability of applications. They improve the overall performance of applications by decreasing the
burden on servers associated with managing and maintaining application and network sessions, as
well as by performing application-specific tasks.

11 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-8 Load balancing fundamentals

Notes:
(none)

228 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.12 Load balancing fundamentals (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Load balancing fundamentals


Load balancers are generally grouped into two categories: Layer 4 and Layer 7. Layer 4 load
balancers act on data found in network and transport layer protocols (IP, TCP, FTP, UDP).
Layer 7 load balancers distribute requests based on data found in application layer protocols
such as HTTP.
Requests are received by both types of load balancers and distributed to servers based on a
configured algorithm. The following are some industry standard algorithms:

 Round robin

 Weighted round robin

 Least connections

 Least response time


Layer 7 load balancers can further distribute requests based on application specific data such
as HTTP headers, cookies, or data within the application message itself, such as the value of
a specific parameter.
Load balancers ensure reliability and availability by monitoring the "health" of applications and
only sending requests to servers and applications that can respond in a timely manner.

12 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-9 Load balancing fundamentals (2)

Notes:
The following are standard load balancing algorithms:
򐂰 Round robin: One of the simplest methods for distributing client requests across a group of
servers. Going down the list of servers in the group, the round-robin load balancer
forwards a client request to each server in turn. When it reaches the end of the list, the
load balancer loops back and goes down the list again.
򐂰 Weighted round robin: A weight is assigned to each server based on criteria chosen by the
site administrator. The most commonly used criterion is the server's traffic-handling
capacity. The higher the weight, the larger the proportion of client requests the server
receives. If, for example, server A is assigned a weight of 3 and server B a weight of 1, the
load balancer forwards three requests to server A for each one it sends to server B.
򐂰 Least connections: Load Balancer passes a new connection to the pool member or node
that has the least number of active connections, for example HTTP connections (this is a
default method in Citrix NetScaler VPX).
򐂰 Least response time: When Load Balancer is configured to use the least response time
method, it selects the service with the least number of active connections and the least
average response time.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 229


9.13 Load balancing options in SoftLayer

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Load balancing solutions in SoftLayer

Local load balancing (VIP)


r SoftLayer Local Load Balancing uses industry-standard techniques
te including round-robin, lowest latency, least connections, shortest response,
n
e and IP persistence to balance traffic among two or more servers. It can be
C
activated and configured in real-time, with servers added to or removed
ta
a from the balancing pool on-demand with little or no downtime.
D
e
l
g High availability dedicated load balancers
n
i
S Dedicated load balancers are available for environments with higher
capacity. These load balancers are also available in a high availability option
featuring failover protection and automatic fallback.

s
r Local and global load balancing with Citrix NetScaler VPX
e
l tn
e Distribute traffic between your servers in one or multiple SoftLayer data
p
til eC
centers with Citrix NetScaler VPX. These multifunction network appliances
u a can perform DNS-based local and global load balancing to give you
M ta complete control over how your client traffic will be balanced between
D your servers.

13 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-10 Load balancing options in SoftLayer

Notes:
(none)

230 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.14 Load balancing options in SoftLayer (2)

IBM Digi tal Sales Intern atio nal Te chn ica l Support Organi zation a nd Authoring Services

Load balancing solutions in SoftLayer


D edic ated Loca l Dedica ted Loc al
Local Load Loa d Ba la nc er with Citrix Ne tScaler VPX
Ba la ncing Load B alancer with
SSL - 26 00 SSL - 6 600
 Sin gl e tena nt
 Mul ti tena nt  Si ngl e ten an t  Si ngl e ten an t
 Proxy: Passes traffi c  Pro xy  GUI/C LI i nterface
 Pro xy
thro ugh LB  One VIP a ssig ned , but  Priva te an d Publ ic
 One VIP a ssig ned , but
ca n h ave a few more ne tw ork
 Sin gl e VIP ca n have a few more

 OSI La yer 4  H A op ti on  HA optio n


 H A op ti on
 OSI L ayer 4  OSI La yer 4 and
 SSL offl oad in g op tion al  OSI L ayer 4
La yer 7
 U p to 15 ,000
 Good fit fo r 2 500  1 50,00 0 co nn ection s /
co nne cti on s / sec  Ca n u se sta ti c a nd
con ne cti ons / sec se c
 1 + VIP po rta bl e Ips
 1 + VIP

 Sha red  De dica ted  Globa l and local load


 Low v olumes  High volum es ba la nc ing
 Dedicate d
 High volumes
 La yer 4 a nd La yer7
ba la nc ing

14 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-11 Load balancing options in SoftLayer (2)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 231


9.15 Load balancing solutions in SoftLayer use case

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Load balancing solutions in SoftLayer use case

15 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-12 Load balancing solutions in SoftLayer use case

Notes:
This diagram illustrates an example of load balancing. Here the load balancing solution is
created for Wordpress web application. Two WordPress servers, which connect to a single,
shared MySQL database server and shared file storage, use SoftLayer Load Balancing to
distribute requests in the IBM Cloud.

Here WordPress is just an example, but the general concepts can also be used to load
balance other applications that are stateless and use a common, shared data store.

232 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.16 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network

The SoftLayer Content Delivery Network (CDN) uses EdgeCast, and includes robust
tools for digital rights management and content monetization.

Distribution options
Origin pull The first time content is request, it is pulled from the host server to the
network and stays there for other users to access it.

PoP pull Customers pre-load content using various methods. The loaded
content is pulled from the CDN FTP as opposed to being pulled from
the customer’s origin location.

Only complete network cache updates are supported. Individual nodes cannot be
cleared or deleted.

16 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-13 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network

Notes:
CloudLayer® CDN helps you deliver content to end users faster and more efficiently through
a network of 24 cloud-connected nodes running advanced organizing, storing, and streaming
software. Rather than serving content directly from your host server, your content is served
from a node that is geographically closer to your user, minimizing the distance the data has to
travel and thereby avoiding network traffic jams and decreasing latency.

CloudLayer CDN is available in two different content delivery options, letting you optimize
your end-user experience and cost:
򐂰 Origin Pull: Store your content on a SoftLayer server or computing instance, or on another
location on the Internet. The content's location is registered with the CDN. When the first
user requests the content, it is pulled to the network and delivered from the closest point to
that user. The content does not have to be manually uploaded to the CDN. The content
then remains on the network for other users to access it. Using Origin Pull requires a
bandwidth plan, but no storage charges are incurred.
򐂰 PoP Pull: Customers can pre-load content by using the EdgeCast API, SoftLayer API,
SoftLayer Portal, or the customer's own portal. That content is pulled from the CDN FTP
as opposed to being pulled from the customer's origin location. Pay As You Go or monthly
pricing is based on bandwidth and storage used, with mix and match rate plans available.

CloudLayer CDN includes robust tools for digital rights management and content
monetization, with SoftLayer's renowned ease-of-use and unparalleled level of control. In
addition, it can be seamlessly integrated with your SoftLayer dedicated servers, virtual

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 233


servers, automated services, and additional CloudLayer services, to create a unified
computing solution with unequaled efficiency and interoperability.

Key features and benefits:


򐂰 Pay As You Go Pricing: Monthly rates with no long-term commitment let you optimize your
cost and performance balance and return on technology investment. Pay only for the CDN
performance that you need and use.
򐂰 Dedicated + Virtual + Cloud Integration: Seamless integration with your dedicated, virtual,
and additional CloudLayer services through SoftLayer's leading private network provides a
single computing environment with interoperability and efficiency found nowhere else.
򐂰 Immediate Scalability: Add CDN services in real time to accommodate traffic spikes or
snags, gaining the level of content accessibility that you need, exactly when you need it.
򐂰 Ease of Use and Control: Full access and control by using the SoftLayer Customer Portal
and API provides streamlined, simplified management of your solution and a direct
connection to all SoftLayer services and tools.
򐂰 Performance-Neutral Growth: Spreading content delivery over multiple servers throughout
the cloud ensures that increased demand for content does not slow down or compromise
delivery.
򐂰 Secure Content Management: Secure streamlined tools for managing content and content
monetization protects digital rights and maximizes return.
򐂰 Broader Geographic Reach: Pushing content to nodes around the world optimizes the
speed and reliability of content delivery to users regardless of location.
򐂰 Higher Quality Content and Rich-Media Websites: Optimizing your data and content
delivery allows you to offer more robust web experiences and richer content without
sacrificing performance.
򐂰 Supported media formats: Windows Media, Adobe Flash, H.264 over HTML5, Microsoft
Silverlight, Smooth Streaming, and HTTP Progressive.
򐂰 Supported delivery formats: HTTP, real-time messaging protocol (RTMP), and real-time
streaming protocol (Windows Media Services) [RTSP (WMS)].
򐂰 Supported security methods: SWF authentication, token authentication, and RTMP
encryption.

For more information go to http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/faqs/213#689

234 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.17 EdgeCast CDN locations

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

EdgeCast CDN locations

The EdgeCast CDN provides 24 content delivery nodes around the world, in addition
to the SoftLayer global footprint that includes data centers and PoP.

17 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-14 EdgeCast CDN locations

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 235


9.18 Example SoftLayer CDN users

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Example SoftLayer CDN users

Who should use SoftLayer’s CDN?

SoftLayer CDN is designed for customers


that provide services such as content
caching, streaming, and downloading.

The following industries benefit from CDN:


 Social networking
 Entertainment
 Gaming
 Software development
 E-commerce
 Financial services

18 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-15 Example SoftLayer CDN users

Notes:
For some period of time, visitors of the website http://www.cloudclimate.com could measure
the “website asset delivery speed” of 24 CDN and cloud providers using their own internet
connection. The results for each user were stored in cloudclimate.com database and they
gathered the performance results of 340,000 requests. This test provides “real surfer”
measurements for the 24 providers because they had actually used the “real world” Internet
connections of cloudclimate.com website visitors to run the test requests. SoftLayer CDN was
one of the best in test. For more information, visit:
https://www.paessler.com/blog/2010/05/17/monitoring-knowledge/real-world-performan
ce-comparison-of-cdn-content-delivery-network-providers

236 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.19 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

Load Balancing Load due to distance

Minimizing latency
- CDN nodes much
closer to users

Load Balancing
- Requests are
served by CDN

19 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-16 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

Notes:
CDNs help get your content closer to your customers reducing the distance AND TIME it
takes for your customers to access your content. Used the right way CDNs have a positive
impact on your business. Your use of CDNs can start out deployed locally within a country,
continent or hemisphere and easily expand around the globe with the expansion of your
clientele.

These are the two typical use cases for Content Delivery Network:
򐂰 Reducing Latency (DNS resolution, connection speed, 1st byte time): In a typical,
internationally operating B2B manufacturing company or an international financial
institution, the main CDN benefit is getting the content much closer to the users spread
across the globe, which minimizes the latency and increases performance. Factors like
decreased DNS, connection, and first byte times are their main motivators.
򐂰 Externalizing Load Balancing (hit/miss ratio): Another scenario is the heavy traffic sites
where the benefit is to outsource the handling of the load and thus minimize the number of
requests on their own infrastructure. Therefore, the hit/miss ratio is an important factor
when judging the efficiency of the CDN. Hit in this case means the content was served
straight from a CDN PoP, and miss means the content had to be fetched by the CDN
before it could served it to the user. A miss therefore affects the data center. Such a traffic
reduction on the origin can also be used to minimize the effect of denial of service attacks.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 237


9.20 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network implementation guide

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network implementation guide

20 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-17 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network implementation guide

Notes:
The following diagram illustrates the solution that was created in this example. A WordPress,
which is deployed in the IBM Cloud, uses a SoftLayer CDN to deliver its static content. There
are two types of stakeholders: Users viewing the content and the SoftLayer customers who
run the WordPress site. In this example, “user” is used for the first type and “customer” for the
second type. Below you can find out the step by step instructions how to implement CDN for
WordPress in SoftLayer.

Step 0: Prepare your environment


1. If you don't have a SoftLayer account already, obtain a SoftLayer account.
2. Ensure that you have permissions to manage the CDN account and CDN File Transfers for
your SoftLayer account.
3. If you do not have an IBM ID already, obtain an IBM ID and register for the IBM Cloud
marketplace.

Step 1: Set up your WordPress in the IBM Cloud

Follow the steps in the Hosting your WordPress blog in the IBM Cloud to deploy a WordPress
blog in the IBM Cloud. For more information, see this website:
https://developer.ibm.com/marketplace/docs/technical-scenarios/hosting-wordpress-b
log-ibm-cloud/

238 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.21 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

21 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-18 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

Notes:
Step 2: Order the SoftLayer CDN

There are two ways that a SoftLayer CDN can distribute your content: Origin Pull and PoP
Pull.

Typically, sites with heavy traffic loads will benefit from an Origin Pull CDN, because the
content is pulled from the host server and users can pull the cache content from the CDN.
Alternatively, customers can benefit from a PoP Pull CDN by controlling the content that gets
uploaded to a CDN FTP site when it expires. Regardless of the type of CDN chosen,
deploying a CDN means getting content to users faster and more efficiently. For WordPress in
this article, use an Origin Pull CDN.

Log in to the SoftLayer customer portal and add a CDN service by clicking Sales → Add
CDN Service. There is no configuration at this point, so just place the order.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 239


9.22 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

22 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-19 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (2)

Notes:
Step 3: Get your CDN account name

After the order is processed, the new CDN account is displayed in the SoftLayer customer
portal (Public Network → Content Delivery Network). Remember the account name of the
newly created CDN account because it will be used in the next step. In this example, the
account name is 10D24.

240 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.23 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

23 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-20 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (3)

Notes:
Step 4: Update your DNS zone

In addition to your WordPress site domain, you also need a custom domain for your CDN
content. This example uses blog.playvm.com for the WordPress site domain, and uses
cdn.playvm.com for the CDN domain. The demo domain name is playvm.com, which is
registered in GoDaddy. Your CDN domain must be set as a CNAME record that points to your
SoftLayer CDN account domain. The SoftLayer CDN account domain is your CDN account
name with the suffix of .http.cdn.softlayer.net. In this example, the SoftLayer CDN
account domain is 10D24.http.cdn.softlayer.net.

Add the CDN CNAME record to your domain DNS zone in your domain DNS provider. This
example uses GoDaddy as the domain provider. Note that the host blog is mapped to the IP
address 119.81.143.66 and that the cdn hostname is mapped to the account domain
assigned for your SoftLayer CDN, which is 10d24.http.cdn.softlayer.net.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 241


9.24 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (4)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

24 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-21 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (4)

Notes:
Step 5: Add Origin Pull mapping in your SoftLayer CDN account

After the update of your DNS zone, you can add the Origin Pull mapping in your SoftLayer
CDN account. Click More to the right of your CDN account and select Origin Pull from the
menu.

242 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.25 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (5)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

25 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-22 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (5)

Notes:
Step 5 (continued)

Select HTTP url for the Media Type, enter your WordPress site domain (blog.playvm.com in
this example) in the Origin Domain field, enter your CDN domain (cdn.playvm.com in this
example) in the CNAME Record field, and save the changes.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 243


9.26 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (6)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

26 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-23 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (6)

Notes:
Step 6: Install the WordPress CDN plug-in

To distribute your WordPress static content by using the SoftLayer CDN, you need to rewrite
all URIs referencing static content to point to your SoftLayer CDN domain, and you need to
configure the WordPress cache policy to use the CDN. Several WordPress plug-ins can help
you with this process. This example uses the WP Super Cache plug-in to enable the
SoftLayer CDN for your WordPress.

To install the WP Super Cache plug-in, complete these steps in the WordPress admin panel:
1. Click Plugins → Add New.
2. Search for WP Super Cache.
3. Select the WP Super Cache plug-in within the search results, and click Install Now.

244 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.27 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (7)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

27 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-24 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (7)

Notes:
Step 6 (continued)

After the plug-in is installed, click Activate Plugin to activate the WP Super Cache plug-in.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 245


9.28 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (8)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

28 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-25 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (8)

Notes:
Step 7: Configure the WordPress CDN plug-in

To configure the plug-in, complete these steps:


1. Navigate to Settings → WP Super Cache.
2. On the Easy tab, select Caching On for the Caching option and click Update Status.

246 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.29 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (9)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

29 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-26 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (9)

Notes:
Step 7 (continued)

On the CDN tab, select Enable CDN Support, enter http://cdn.playvm.com in the Off-site
URL field, and select Skip https URLs to avoid “mixed content” errors. Keep the other
configuration defaults and save the changes.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 247


9.30 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (10)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case

30 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-27 SoftLayer Content Delivery Network use case (10)

Notes:
Step 8: Check the results

You have completed the SoftLayer CDN support for your WordPress. Open your WordPress
site in a Firefox browser. Now the static contents of your WordPress site are fetched from the
SoftLayer CDN. In this figure, Firebug was opened in the lower part of the panel. It shows the
GET requests from WordPress for a page with static content that is pulled from
cdn.playvm.com. HTTP response code 304 means that the requested content has not
changed since your last request.

References and further reading:


򐂰 IBM Cloud: See the SoftLayer Knowledge Base.
򐂰 Getting started with the IBM Cloud marketplace:
https://developer.ibm.com/marketplace/docs/getting-started-2/
򐂰 SoftLayer CDN:
http://www.softlayer.com/content-delivery-network
򐂰 GoDaddy:
http://www.godaddy.com/
򐂰 WP Super Cache:
https://wordpress.org/plugins/wp-super-cache/

248 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.31 Vyatta appliance

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Vyatta appliance

1. IPSec VPN
2. NAT
3. Firewall
4. Router

31 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-28 Vyatta appliance

Notes:
Vyatta Network Gateway

A network gateway provides tools to manage traffic into and out of one or more virtual local
area networks (VLANs). The network gateway serves a customer-configurable routing device
in front of designated VLANs. The servers in those VLANs route through the network gateway
appliance as their first hop instead of Frontend Customer Routers (FCR) or Backend
Customer Routers (BCR).

The general function of a network gateway might seem a little abstract, so here are some real
world use cases to see how you can put that functionality to work in your own cloud
environment.

Example 1: Complex Traffic Management

This example involves a multi-server cloud environment and a complex set of firewall rules
that allow certain types of traffic to certain servers from specific addresses. Without a network
gateway, you must manually configure multiple hardware and software firewalls throughout
your topology and maintain multiple rules sets. With the network gateway appliance, you can
streamline your configuration into a single point of control on both the public and private
networks.

After you order a gateway appliance in the SoftLayer portal and configure which VLANs route
through the appliance, the process of configuring the device is simple. Define your

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 249


production, development, and QA environments with distinct traffic rules, and the network
gateway handles the traffic segmentation. If you wanted to create your own VPN to connect
your hosted environment to your office or in-house data center, that configuration is quick and
easy as well. The challenge of managing several sets of network rules across multiple
devices is simplified and streamlined. The figure shows that Private VLANs #1 in two
SoftLayer Data Centers are routed to each other. The VLAN #2 is still separated. This is very
different from enabling the VLAN spanning in SoftLayer that enables traffics between all
VLANs configured on your account.

Example 2: Creating a Static NAT

In this example, you want to create a static network address translation (NAT) so that you can
direct traffic through a public IP address to an internal IP address. With the IPv4 address pool
dwindling and new allocations being harder to come by, this configuration is becoming
extremely popular to accommodate users who cannot yet reach IPv6 addresses. This
challenge would normally require a significant level of effort of even the most seasoned
systems administrator, but with the gateway appliance, it is a painless process.

In addition to the IPv4 address-saving benefits, your static NAT adds a layer of protection for
your internal web servers from the public network, and as described in the first example, your
gateway device also serves as a single configuration point for both inbound and outbound
firewall rules.

If you have complex network-related needs, and you want granular control of the traffic to and
from your servers, a gateway appliance might be the perfect tool for you. You get the control
that you want and save yourself a significant amount of time and effort configuring and
tweaking your environment on-the-fly. You can terminate IPSec VPN tunnels, run your own
network address translation, and run diagnostic commands such as traffic monitoring
(tcpdump) on your global environment. And in addition to that, your gateway serves as a single
point of contact to configure sophisticated firewall rules.

Currently, SoftLayer provides two types of Vyatta Gateway Appliance:


򐂰 Single Processor
򐂰 Dual Processor with 10Gbps uplink support.

To make an order, go to the Network section in SoftLayer's order panel and select Vyatta.

250 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.32 Recap

IBM Di gi tal Sales Intern atio nal Te chn ica l Support Organi zation a nd Authoring Services

Recap
 Detailed So ftLayer ne twork architecture
 IP addresses in SoftLayer
 VLANs an d VLAN sp anning
 Load balancing solutions in SoftLayer
 SoftLayer Con tent Delivery Network
 Vyatta appliance

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-29 Recap

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 251


9.33 Checkpoint questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

1. What types of IP blocks are available


within SoftLayer?

33 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-30 Checkpoint questions

Notes:
(none)

252 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.34 Checkpoint questions (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

1. What types of IP blocks are available


within SoftLayer?
Answer: Static and portable

34 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-31 Checkpoint questions (2)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 253


9.35 Checkpoint questions (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

2. What is VLAN spanning?

35 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-32 Checkpoint questions (3)

Notes:
(none)

254 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.36 Checkpoint questions (4)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

2. What is VLAN spanning?


Answer: VLAN spanning is an account
setting that enables traffic to travel between
private VLANs on a single account. By
enabling VLAN spanning, devices on an
account's different private VLANs can
communicate with one another.

36 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-33 Checkpoint questions (4)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 255


9.37 Checkpoint questions (5)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

3. What are the load balancing solutions


in SoftLayer?

37 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-34 Checkpoint questions (5)

Notes:
(none)

256 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.38 Checkpoint questions (6)

IBM Digital Sales Intern atio nal Te chn ica l Support Organi zation a nd Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

3 . What are the load balancing solutions


in SoftLayer?
Answer:
- Local load balancing
- Dedicated local load balance r
- Citrix NetScaler VPX

38 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-35 Checkpoint questions (6)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 257


9.39 Checkpoint questions (7)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

4. What is a CDN?

39 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-36 Checkpoint questions (7)

Notes:
(none)

258 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.40 Checkpoint questions (8)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

4. What is a CDN?
Answer: A Content Delivery Network (CDN)
is a solution for organizing, storing, and
streaming content on the web with
optimized flow of content to users.

40 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-37 Checkpoint questions (8)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 259


9.41 Checkpoint questions (9)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

5. What are the major functions of the


Vyatta appliance?

41 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-38 Checkpoint questions (9)

Notes:
(none)

260 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
9.42 Checkpoint questions (10)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

5. What are the major functions of the


Vyatta appliance?
Answer:
- IPSec VPN
- NAT
- Firewall
- Router

42 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-39 Checkpoint questions (10)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 261


9.43 Introduction to OSI model

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introduction to OSI model

The open systems interconnection (OSI)


model defines a networking framework to
implement protocols in seven layers. Its
goal is the interoperability of diverse
communication systems with standard
protocols.

43 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-40 Introduction to OSI model

Notes:
The open system interconnection (OSI) model defines a networking framework to implement
protocols in seven layers. Control is passed from one layer to the next, starting at the
application layer in one station over the channel to the next station until it gets to the bottom
layer, and back up the hierarchy. The OSI model doesn't do any functions in the networking
process. It is a conceptual framework so you can better understand complex interactions that
are happening. In theoretical discussions, the OSI Reference Model helps you understand
how networks and network protocols function. In the “real world”, it also helps you figure out
which protocols and devices can interact with each other. OSI consists of these layers:
򐂰 Physical (Layer 1): This layer conveys the bit stream (electrical impulse, light, or radio
signal) through the network at the electrical and mechanical level. It provides the hardware
means of sending and receiving data on a carrier, including defining cables, cards, and
physical aspects. Fast Ethernet, RS232, and ATM are protocols with physical layer
components.
Layer 1 Physical examples include Ethernet, FDDI, B8ZS, V.35, V.24, and RJ45.
򐂰 Data Link (Layer 2): At this layer, data packets are encoded and decoded into bits. It
furnishes transmission protocol knowledge and management, and handles errors in the
physical layer, flow control, and frame synchronization. The data link layer is divided into
two sub layers: The Media Access Control (MAC) layer and the Logical Link Control (LLC)
layer. The MAC sub layer controls how a computer on the network gains access to the
data and permission to transmit it. The LLC layer controls frame synchronization, flow
control, and error checking.

262 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
Layer 2 Data Link examples include PPP, FDDI, ATM, IEEE 802.5/ 802.2, IEEE
802.3/802.2, HDLC, and Frame Relay.
򐂰 Network (Layer 3): This layer provides switching and routing technologies, creating logical
paths, known as virtual circuits, for transmitting data from node to node. Routing and
forwarding are functions of this layer, as well as addressing, internetworking, error
handling, congestion control, and packet sequencing.
Layer 3 Network examples include AppleTalk DDP, IP, and IPX.
򐂰 Transport (Layer 4): This layer provides transparent transfer of data between end systems
or hosts, and is responsible for end-to-end error recovery and flow control. It ensures
complete data transfer.
Layer 4 Transport examples include SPX, TCP, and UDP.
򐂰 Session (Layer 5): This layer establishes, manages, and terminates connections between
applications. The session layer sets up, coordinates, and terminates conversations,
exchanges, and dialogues between the applications at each end. It deals with session and
connection coordination.
Layer 5 Session examples include NFS, NetBios names, RPC, and SQL.
򐂰 Presentation (Layer 6): This layer provides independence from differences in data
representation (e.g., encryption) by translating from application to network format, and
vice versa. The presentation layer transforms data into the form that the application layer
can accept. This layer formats and encrypts data to be sent across a network, providing
freedom from compatibility problems. It is sometimes called the syntax layer.
Layer 6 Presentation examples include encryption, ASCII, EBCDIC, TIFF, GIF, PICT,
JPEG, MPEG, and MIDI.
򐂰 Application (Layer 7): This layer supports application and end-user processes.
Communication partners are identified, quality of service is identified, user authentication
and privacy are considered, and any constraints on data syntax are identified. Everything
at this layer is application-specific. This layer provides application services for file
transfers, e-mail, and other network software services. Telnet and FTP are applications
that exist entirely in the application level. Tiered application architectures are part of this
layer.
Layer 7 Application examples include WWW browsers, NFS, SNMP, Telnet, HTTP, and
FTP.

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 263


9.44 Understanding TCP/IP addressing and subnetting basics

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Understanding TCP/IP addressing and subnetting basics

44 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 9-41 Understanding TCP/IP addressing and subnetting basics

Notes:
What is an IP address?

An IP address is used to identify a host (host or any network device) in a network. IP is a


32-bit binary number divided into four octet groups, each octet giving a maximum of 255 in
decimal. For easier addressing of these IP address octet, they are written as dotted decimals,
such as 10.0.0.1.

Classes of IPv4 address in networking

IP is divided into five classes of network addresses based on the range of the first octet. Out
of the total valid addresses in each class, two dedicated IP address are reserved for these
items:
򐂰 Network address
򐂰 Broadcast address

The total number of available IP addresses is therefore 2^n -2.

264 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
Public and Private IP addresses

To communicate over an internet connection, a device must have a public IP address that is
provided by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). The private range of IP
addresses are used in an intranet (an internal network that uses internet technology). IANA
also provides address for private networks in each class as follows:
򐂰 Class A: 10.0.0.0 - 10.255.255.255
򐂰 Class B: 172.16.0.0 - 172.31.255.255
򐂰 Class C: 192.168.0.0 - 192.168.255.255

What is Subnet Mask?

A subnet mask is a 32 bit address used with an IP in order to identify its network and host
portions. For example, if you have an IP address 200.1.1.2 with a subnet mask
255.255.255.0, it means that 200.1.1 is the network portion and last octet is the host portion.
Any IP that starts with 200.1.1 goes to the same network (Network A), like 200.1.1.1,
200.1.1.10, 200.1.1.100 up to 200.1.1.254. These IPs therefore do not require a router to
communicate with each other.

In Network A, the first IP (200.1.1.0) is used to indicate network address and the last IP
(200.1.1.255) is used to send broadcast messages to all host computers in network A.
Another IP 200.1.2.2 that has the same subnet mask cannot communicate with Network A
without using a router because there is a change in the network part. It belongs to another
network with network address 200.1.2.0 (Network B).

Another IP 10.1.1.2 with subnet mask 255.0.0.0 makes you understand that it belongs to the
network 10.0.0.0 (Network C), where only the first octet indicates network.

Therefore, subnet masks help you understand which IPs belongs to which network. By
default, the following subnet masks are used:
򐂰 Class A: 255.0.0.0
򐂰 Class B: 255.255.0.0
򐂰 Class C: 255.255.255.0

All host bits '0' are a network address.

All host bits '1' are a broadcast address.

Class A Network

Class A network range goes from 1.0.0.0 to 126.255.255.255. The Class A network subnet
mask is 255.0.0.0, which means it has eight network bits of which the first bit is fixed as '0'.
And hence a total of seven network bits and 24 host bits. The total number of networks is 2^7
-2 = 126. Two are subtracted because 0.0.0.0 is the default network and 127.0.0.0 is the
loopback IP address used for checking proper functionality (self testing). The total number of
hosts per network is 2^24 -2 = 16777214.Two are subtracted for the network and broadcast
addresses.

Class A network example:


򐂰 Network address - 1.0.0.0
򐂰 Subnet Mask - 255.0.0.0
򐂰 First host IP address - 1.0.0.1
򐂰 Last host address - 1.255.255.254
򐂰 Broadcast address - 1.255.255.255

Unit 9. Networking options in cloud computing: Advanced topics 265


Class B Network

The class B network range goes from 128.0.0.0 to 191.255.255.255. The default subnet
mask is 255.255.0.0, which means it has 16 network bits of which first two bits are fixed as
'10'. It has a total of 14 network bits and 16 host bits, so the total number of networks is 2^14
= 16384. The total number of hosts per network is 2^16 -2 = 65534. Two IPs are subtracted,
one each for the network and broadcast addresses.

Class B network example:


򐂰 Network address - 128.0.0.0
򐂰 Subnet Mask - 255.255.0.0
򐂰 First host address - 128.0.0.1
򐂰 Last host address - 128.0.255.254
򐂰 Broadcast address - 128.0.255.255

Class C Network

The IP range goes from 192.0.0.0 to 223.255.255.255. The Class C network subnet mask is
255.255.255.0, which means it has 24 network bits of which the first three bits are fixed as
'110'. It therefore has a total of 21 network bits and 8 host bits, so the total number of
networks is 2^21 = 2097152, and the total number of hosts per networks is 2^8 - 2 = 254. Two
IPs are subtracted: One for the network address and the other for the broadcast address.

Class C network example:


򐂰 Network address - 192.0.0.0
򐂰 Subnet Mask - 255.255.255.0
򐂰 First host address - 192.0.0.1
򐂰 Last host address - 192.0.0.254
򐂰 Broadcast address - 192.0.0.255

IPv6 - brief description

IPv6 is the next generation Internet Protocol (IP) address standard that will supplement and
eventually replace IPv4, the protocol most Internet services use today. The world ran out of
the 4.3 billion available IPv4 addresses, so to allow the Internet to continue to grow and
spread across the world, implementing IPv6 is necessary. IPv6 uses a 128-bit address,
allowing 2^128, or approximately 3.4 x 1038 addresses, or more than 7.9 x 1028 times as
many as IPv4. IPv6 addresses are represented as eight groups of four hexadecimal digits
with the groups being separated by colons, for example
2001:0db8:85a3:0042:1000:8a2e:0370:7334.

266 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments


This unit provides information about securing your SoftLayer cloud environments by using
physical security, encryption, and firewalls.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 267


10.1 What you should be able to do
After you have completed this unit, you should be able to:
򐂰 Explain how the infrastructure changes when moving the workloads from your server room
to the cloud.
򐂰 Articulate the importance of knowing and accepting the security policies that your IaaS
provider has chosen.
򐂰 Ensuring that your data is secured not only in the data center, but also when you transfer
it.
򐂰 Describe the different types of firewalls and how they can be used.
򐂰 Explain how you can secure the server instance itself.
򐂰 Use the Customer Portal to manage the hardware firewall and perform vulnerability scans
on your systems to ensure their integrity.

10.2 References
The following resources are useful for further reference:
򐂰 Compliances and certifications:
http://www.softlayer.com/compliance

10.3 Teaching topics


This unit covers the following topics:
򐂰 Why security is important
򐂰 Data center security
򐂰 Additional security offerings
򐂰 Securing communications
򐂰 Securing instances using firewalls
򐂰 Hardware firewalls
򐂰 Appliance firewalls
򐂰 OS firewalls
򐂰 IaaS provider firewall offerings
򐂰 Securing instances by using OS hardening
򐂰 Using the Customer Portal to set up and verify security

268 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.4 Why security is important

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Why security is important


Before Cloud After Cloud

Internet Internet
Rest of Rest of
the world Cloud Provider the world

Office building
Office building

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-1 Why security is important

Notes:
Security has always been important, and the move to IaaS has not changed that. In fact,
before moving to IaaS, your company servers were safely secured in your company server
room and accessible only from the company workstation or laptops. They could be completely
separated from the Internet. Physical access to the servers required access to the building
and again to the server room which typically is a secured area only accessible by few people
in the company. Many people would not know where their company's server room is located.

After moving to IaaS a number of things change:


򐂰 The servers are located at an IaaS provider’s data center.
򐂰 To access our servers, you now go over the Internet.
򐂰 Access is now through a portal, which allows you to perform the same functions as if you
had physical access to the servers.

Your server room now has two doors into it:


򐂰 The physical door at the cloud provider’s data center, so you need to ensure that your
provider’s security procedures are in place and are acceptable to you.
򐂰 The second door is through the Internet, and you must ensure that you secure this door. In
this case, this involves securing your user ID and password to the portal which you use to
control your servers and IaaS services as well as securing all user IDs and passwords
defined on each of your IaaS servers so that you can ensure the integrity of your servers
and data.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 269


One thing that has not changed is that you should secure the communication from your
servers to the clients accessing them from the Internet. This can be done by installing Secure
Socket Layer (SSL) certificates on those servers sending data out over the Internet to your
clients because this will encrypt the communication between the server and endpoint.

270 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.5 Data center security

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Data center security

When moving to IaaS, the physical security is in the hands


of the provider. Choose wisely

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-2 Data center security

Notes:
Once you move your workload to IaaS, the physical part of security is the responsibility of
your IaaS provider. A serious IaaS provider will share their certifications and security
measures (to a certain degree). It is up to you to decide if they meet your requirements.

SoftLayer, for example, readily shares that they have physical controls that limit only certified
employees to their data center, but does not share how the physical controls work as that
would be a breach of protocol.

Additionally, SoftLayer takes the following security precautions:


򐂰 Provides Service Organization Controls (SOC) 1, SOC 2, and SOC 3 reports. These
reports evaluate SoftLayer's operational controls with respect to criteria set by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Trust Services Principles.
򐂰 Are ISO 27001 compliant. This is a widely-adopted global security standard that outlines
the requirements for information security management systems and provides a systematic
approach to managing company and customer information based on periodic risk
assessments.
򐂰 Are Safe Harbor compliant. Safe Harbor is an important way for U.S. companies to avoid
experiencing interruptions in their business dealings with the EU or facing prosecution by
European authorities under European privacy laws. Safe Harbor certification ensures that
EU organizations know that your company provides “adequate” privacy protection, as
defined by the Directive.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 271


Different countries have different standards, so choose an IaaS provider that fulfills the
standards required by you and your country.

272 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.6 Additional security offerings

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Additional security offerings

Now that the physical security is in place, you must make


sure that you can access servers and data as securely as
if they were in your own data center.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-3 Additional security offerings

Notes:
Before IaaS, traffic between company workstations and servers were on the internal network.
This is not the case anymore, so you also need to consider how to ensure that the information
sent between your servers at the IaaS provider’s data center and our computers is not
intercepted by malicious third parties.

You need to see what your selected provider offers so that you can communicate with your
system in their data centers and be certain that only the intended recipients have access to it.
Does the IaaS provider offer VPN access? Do they offer encrypted communication between
servers or servers and endpoints? SoftLayer does offer these and more such as site to site
VPN and client to site VPN.

Although it may seem like all IaaS providers sell the same services, study their offerings and
services closer because there might be important differences.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 273


10.7 Securing communications

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Securing communications
External customers
accessing public website
IaaS environment
Communication secured
by SSL certificate Website traffic over
public network
SSL certificate

Internet

VPN continuing
over private network
Communication secured
by VPN certificate

Remote management
of servers over VPN
Securing communications with SSL and VPN

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-4 Securing communications

Notes:
Because you now must communicate with your servers through the Internet, take measures
to ensure that the data you send and receive is suitably encrypted to protect it from malicious
parties.

For your customers accessing your public website, there is little change in the normal
procedure because you already use SSL certificates to secure communication sent from and
to your web servers. Communication now takes place on the public network at the IaaS
provider’s end. SSL certificates are purchased from certified vendors and are valid for one or
more years before they have to be renewed.

Your administrators connect through a VPN connection. After they connect to the IaaS
provider’s network, they are routed over the private network at the IaaS provider’s end.

VPN services should be supplied by the IaaS provider.

274 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.8 Securing instances using firewalls

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Securing instances using firewalls

A firewall is an application or device that, based on a set of defined rules,


decides whether traffic leaves and enters your server, and where the traffic is
allowed to go on the inside or outside.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-5 Securing instances using firewalls

Notes:
Now that you have ensured that physical security is in place and that communication to and
from your devices is secure, ensure that data on your servers can only exit to the network in a
way that you specify. Also, ensure that no one can enter your server from the network except
along paths that you allow (a website for example).

Most IaaS providers offer firewalls, and all of them use them inside their infrastructure. In
addition, firewalls and VLANs are used by all IaaS providers to separate customers inside
their offerings.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 275


10.9 Securing instances using firewalls (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Securing instances using firewalls

OS firewall

Internet

Firewall Network

Firewall,
could be an
appliance
or physical
device

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-6 Securing instances using firewalls (2)

Notes:
A firewall can be placed on different parts of the network, or on the machine it is to
protect/isolate itself. This example shows these different configurations:
򐂰 A system that has an OS firewall, meaning that the firewall is either running as an
application on the machine or is part of the operating system itself.
򐂰 Two systems that are “sharing” a firewall, in this case an appliance firewall or a physical
firewall device.
򐂰 Another firewall that is protecting/isolating all of the systems from the Internet.

You can have as many firewalls as you like, and each can have different rules. However, be
sure to clearly document which rules each firewall has because you could end up having to
do a lot of troubleshooting if you have conflicting rules defined.

276 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.10 Hardware firewalls

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Hardware firewalls

A physical or hardware firewall is a network device, not unlike a


router, that is placed on the network to isolate or protect devices
on a network from another part of the same network or a different
network.

Pro Con
One hardware firewall can protect Expensive compared to software
your entire network firewalls
Run own dedicated CPU and memory Not as easy to configure

Cannot be disabled by malware Will expose more data if it fails

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-7 Hardware firewalls

Notes:
A hardware firewall is the most advanced and generally also the most expensive firewall, and
is typically what you would use in larger installations. It has very advanced configuration
options and is very secure.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 277


10.11 Appliance firewalls

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Appliance firewalls

An appliance firewall is a server (physical or virtual) that is


running an operating system (OS) customized to start up
with a firewall application.

Pro Con
One appliance firewall can protect Requires a separate server instance
your entire network
Has its own CPU and memory Requires regular maintenance with
security patches because it is
essentially a server
Easier to set up than hardware Not as effective resource-wise as
firewall a hardware firewall

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-8 Appliance firewalls

Notes:
An appliance firewall is a stripped down operating system (usually Linux based) running a
firewall application at startup. It can be placed anywhere on the network, and can protect one
or more machines or network segments.

Compared to a hardware firewall, which has no OS, appliance firewalls run a real OS that
could have its own vulnerabilities and a software-based firewall. It is also more sensitive to
load than a hardware firewall. The setup can be anywhere from simple to advanced and is
usually set up by using a web interface on the appliance.

An appliance firewall can be much more than just a firewall. An example is the Vyatta gateway
appliance available with SoftLayer that can work as a router, firewall, gateway, and VPN
server.

278 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.12 OS firewalls

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

OS firewalls

An OS firewall is a firewall that runs on top of or embedded


in the operating system of the server that is to be protected. It
protects only the server itself and should it fail the server will
be exposed.

Pro Con
Cheap or free compared to the Protects only one server.
alternatives
Easy to setup Consumes resources from the host
that it is running on
Can have stricter rules than a firewall Often less stable than a hardware
protecting many servers. firewall

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-9 OS firewalls

Notes:
The OS firewall is either built into or running on top of the operating system of the server it is
meant to protect. They are easy to setup and work fine. However, they only protect that one
server and consume resource from the server they are protecting, which means less
resources are available for the workloads running on the servers.

The OS level firewall is the last line of defense because the firewall is directly on top of what it
is to protect.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 279


10.13 IaaS provider firewalls

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

IaaS provider firewalls

Hardware Application OS
Firewall Firewall Firewall

Most IaaS providers should be able to offer all three kinds of firewalls, preferably
in different configurations.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-10 IaaS provider firewalls

Notes:
Most IaaS providers can provide all three types of firewalls. For example, SoftLayer offers the
following options:
򐂰 Hardware firewall: Protect individual servers with hardware firewalls provisioned on
demand without service interruptions.
򐂰 Dedicated hardware firewall: Protect one, multiple, or all servers that share the same
VLAN with a dedicated hardware firewall, provisioned on demand without service
interruptions.
򐂰 High Availability redundant firewall: Protect one, multiple, or all servers that share the
same VLAN, with a secondary physical firewall for failover protection (and automatic fall
back when primary firewall is restored).
򐂰 Fortigate Security Appliance: Provides complete, granular control over advanced firewall
and security features. High availability options are available.
򐂰 Gateway Appliances: Software-defined firewall, router, VPN, and more that lets you create
and manage virtual routers, firewalls, and VPN devices through user-defined parameters.
򐂰 Vyatta Network OS Gateway Appliance: A SoftLayer bare metal server with Vyatta
Network OS can be customized, monitored, and tweaked to protect your infrastructure and
optimize your network performance.

SoftLayer has even made the hardware firewalls configurable from the Customer Portal.

280 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
Note that when you configure the firewalls, make sure not to block the ports used by the IaaS
provider to monitor your systems. Contact your IaaS provider to find out which ports are used.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 281


10.14 Checkpoint

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint

 Should your cloud provider have security policies?


 What are the changes in your network when moving to IaaS?
 What is a firewall?
 What are the three general types of firewalls?
 Can you have more than one firewall in your setup?

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-11 Checkpoint

Notes:
(none)

282 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.15 Checkpoint (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint

 Should your cloud provider have security policies?


Yes, you need to ensure your servers and data are safe.
 What are the changes in your network when moving to IaaS?
Communication with your servers happens over the internet.
 What is a firewall?
A device that sorts traffic to and from your servers based on a set of
defined rules.
 What are the three general types of firewalls?
Hardware, appliance, and OS.
 Can you have more than one firewall in your setup?
You can have as many as you like, but be sure to document the
rules.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-12 Checkpoint (2)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 283


10.16 Securing instances using OS hardening

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Securing instances using OS hardening

The operating system of your computer and its configuration


is part of the security. Some general rules to secure your server are:
 Keep the operating system updated with relevant security patches
 Do not give user more access than needed
 If adding users to the server, have strict permission rules and, if possible,
authenticate using SSH keys, not passwords
 Only use your server for the purpose it was provisioned for
 Only allow inbound and outbound network traffic as required for the operations
that it is to perform and are required by the IaaS provider
 Use antivirus/antimalware software to protect your server
 Disconnect any unneeded interfaces

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-13 Securing instances using OS hardening

Notes:
Firewalls will not help you if you do not have a security policy for your servers and the users
accessing them. Follow these best practices:
򐂰 Keep the OS updated with the latest security patches. It is also a good idea to have a fixed
maintenance window scheduled for such maintenance.
򐂰 Give administrative access to the server only to users who actually need it.
򐂰 Whenever possibly try to avoid passwords as we all have heard about people using the
same password for everything and often not even a strong one. Instead it is recommended
to use SSH keys where the public key is located on the server and the private key at the
person logging in.
򐂰 Do not suddenly start installing software onto the server to do something that only has to
be done once and can be done from else where. Remember the more software you put on
your server the more potential vulnerabilities you introduce.

As mentioned, you can have multiple firewalls; you can easily have a OS firewall
implementing the same rules as the appliance or hardware firewalls. Most operating systems
come with such an offering and because it is free, consider adding this extra layer of security.

You will need to make sure the OS on your servers is hardened before you open your server
to traffic. Be sure to apply all patches BEFORE you open your server and KEEP it patched
on a regular, scheduled basis including applying emergency security patches as they arise.
Most IaaS providers should be able to provide OS patch management services..

284 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
If you have a server in your IaaS environment that is only accessed by other servers from that
environment, disable the public interface of that server and let the other servers use the IaaS
provider’s private network to communicate with it. This adds an extra layer of security for that
server and you will still be able to access it through VPN on the private network.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 285


10.17 Using portal to set up and verify security

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using portal to set up and verify security

Portal Security
As mentioned earlier, there are two
entrances into your data center at your IaaS
provider. One is the physical door controlled
by your provider’s on-premises security. The
second entrance into your data center is
through the control portal.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-14 Using portal to set up and verify security

Notes:
The portal is your access to the datacenter. Make sure that only those who really need it have
access to the portal and that their authorization inside the portal does not give them more
access than they need. Consider adding security questions or two factor authentication as
extra security measures when logging in to the portal.

A best practice is to have procedures to regularly validate the users’ continued need for
access to the portal.

SoftLayer provides these security enhancements:


򐂰 Password rules
򐂰 Audit logs for who logged into the portal
򐂰 Enhance security with security questions and phone authentication

You can enable all of these in the portal to increase security.

286 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.18 Administering firewall from the portal

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Administering firewall from the portal

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-15 Administering firewall from the portal

Notes:
The IaaS provider’s customer portal might also have features allowing you to add/edit rules to
the firewalls protecting your servers. This graphic shows how the hardware firewall in a
SoftLayer setup can be modified directly from the portal by adding rules, editing rules, or
disabling the firewall entirely. You can only edit the firewall rules if your profile permissions
allow it.

Being able to configure the hardware firewall in the portal makes it the easiest of the firewalls
to configure because the appliance firewall requires you to go to the appliance and do the
setup, and the OS firewall requires editing files on the operating system of the server that you
wish to protect.

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 287


10.19 Verify security in the portal

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Verify security in the portal

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-16 Verify security in the portal

Notes:
Your IaaS provider’s portal could, like SoftLayer’s does, also have the option to perform
vulnerability scanning of your servers. This image shows part of the result of such a
vulnerability scan performed on a server, and shows that there are seven warnings.

Further down you will see details of those warnings. It is up to you to decide if they should be
acted upon. Remember that the vulnerability scan could suggest a fix for something that is
needed for your server to work, so read the scan carefully and do not act blindly upon it.

This is a great way to monitor that your servers are safe, whether or not they are secure, and
that the patch you applied has had the wanted effect.

288 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
10.20 Checkpoint

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint

 Name three ways to harden the OS of a server.


 Why is it so important to secure the access to the portal?
 Which firewall is the easiest to configure from the portal?
 Why are vulnerability scans useful?

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-17 Checkpoint

Notes:
(none)

Unit 10. Securing cloud environments 289


10.21 Checkpoint (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint

 Name three ways to harden the OS of a server.


Limit user access to the server, disable unneeded interfaces, and keep the
OS updated.
 Why is it so important to secure the access to the portal?
The portal is your entrance to the data center and all the servers within.
 Which firewall is the easiest to configure from the portal?
The hardware firewall.
 Why are vulnerability scans useful?
They can help you detect vulnerabilities and verify that those vulnerabilities
have been fixed after patching.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 10-18 Checkpoint (2)

Notes:
(none)

290 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments


This unit covers the methods you can use to monitor your SoftLayer cloud environment.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 291


11.1 What you should be able to do
After completing this unit, you should be able to explain and describe the following topics:
򐂰 The cloud service access to the common cloud infrastructure
򐂰 The common infrastructure components that are monitored in a cloud infrastructure
򐂰 The common monitoring tools' benefits and limitations
򐂰 How the monitoring tools work in the cloud infrastructure
򐂰 The common monitoring alerts and responses
򐂰 The practical approach of SoftLayer monitoring:
– Monitoring options
– Monitoring response options
– Notifications
– Ordering a monitoring service
– Building your own simple monitoring solution
– Upgrading a monitoring package
– Cancelling a monitoring package

11.2 References
The following links are useful for further research:
򐂰 Adding a monitor to a device in SoftLayer:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/procedure/add-standard-monitor-device
򐂰 SoftLayer server monitoring:
http://www.softlayer.com/server-monitoring
򐂰 Monitoring in the SoftLayer KnowledgeLayer:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/topic/monitoring
򐂰 Basic Monitoring - SoftLayer 101:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EtdPn1LAJHw#t=71
򐂰 A guide to monitoring your IBM SoftLayer environment:
http://wedowebsphere.de/blogpost/guide-monitoring-your-ibm-softlayer-environmen
t

11.3 Teaching topics


This unit describes the following topics:
򐂰 Cloud service models responsibilities and cloud service access to infrastructure
򐂰 Typical core infrastructure monitoring and typical infrastructure components monitored
򐂰 Why monitoring is important
򐂰 Typical monitoring tools limitations
򐂰 How monitoring tools work
򐂰 Typical monitoring alert
򐂰 Typical monitoring response
򐂰 Practical approach of SoftLayer monitoring:
– Monitoring options
– Monitoring response options
– Notifications

292 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
򐂰 Ordering monitoring service
򐂰 Building your own simple monitoring solution
򐂰 Upgrade monitoring package
򐂰 Cancelling monitoring package

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments 293


11.4 Typical service models responsibilities and typical service
access to infrastructure

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Typical service models responsibilities and typical


service access to infrastructure

Infrastructure Platform as a Software as a


Private Cloud as a Service Service Service
r
Applications Applications e Applications Applications
r m
e o
t
m s
Data o
t Data u Data Data
s C
u
OS C OS OS OS
r r
e e
m id
o
t Virtualization Virtualization Virtualization v Virtualization
s r o
r
u e P
C r d
i
Servers e Servers v Servers Servers
id o
r
v P
o
r
Storage P Storage Storage Storage

Networking Networking Networking Networking

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-1 Typical service models responsibilities and typical service access to infrastructure

Notes:
A customer is usually responsible for all of the components in a traditional service model or its
own private cloud. These responsibilities are shared at different levels in the IaaS, PaaS, and
SaaS cloud service models.

An infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) model can be provided by a self-service IaaS or a fully


managed IaaS cloud provider. In an IaaS self-service model, the cloud provider is responsible
for data centers, which include virtualization, servers, storage, networking, and other
infrastructure components. The provider is also responsible for monitoring these components.
Customers have responsibility for monitoring the components delivered to them as part of the
service. However, the scope of these responsibilities can be negotiated in the contract
between customer and provider.

Monitoring options should be provided to the customers by an IaaS Cloud provider, but
customers are not required to use these. They can install, configure, and manage their own
monitoring software or service solutions.

294 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11.5 Typical core infrastructure monitoring and
typical infrastructure components monitored

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Typical core infrastructure monitoring and typical


infrastructure components monitored

Application Ping, FTP, SSH, HTTP, HTTPS, IMAP, LDAP...

r
e Data
m
o
ts
u Middleware Apache, IIS, MS SQL, MYSQL, Tomcat ...
C
OS CPU, Disk, Memory, Processes, Mounted File System....

Virtualization Hypervisors, SoftLayer IMS...

r Internal Systems, RHEL repos, WSUS, PoD facility


e Servers
d
iv generators, UPS, HVAC systems

ro Storage Storage arrays, iSCSI SAN, NAS services...


P
Switches, Routers, Shared Firewalls, Load Balancers, Fiber
Networking Links...

4 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-2 Typical core infrastructure monitoring and typical infrastructure components monitored

Notes:
In an IaaS service model, physical and virtualized components, applications, OS processes,
and services are part of the cloud provider and customer infrastructure, and need to be
monitored.

The monitoring services have various benefits that can help in building your business
monitoring solution. The cost depends on your provider.

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments 295


11.6 Why monitoring is important

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Why monitoring is important

Monitoring has these key benefits:


 Visibility into the cloud infrastructure
 Virtual environment management
 Capacity planning
 Optimization

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-3 Why monitoring is important

Notes:
In today’s competitive market, a stable IT infrastructure is an important concern. Downtime
can cause a business loss in productivity, affect quality of service, and damage a business’
reputation.

Server monitoring is vital to help avoid outages and performance problems. It is a preventive
measure that helps detect issues that can affect your productivity and foresee future
problems.

Monitoring provides these benefits:


򐂰 Visibility into the cloud infrastructure: Visibility into the cloud infrastructure provides
real-time information about your environment's health and performance. This information
enables you to detect and isolate issues on your servers, storage, and network resources
before they negatively affect your business.
򐂰 Virtual environment management: You can view critical information in easy to understand
charts in a single dashboard to detect performance problems and identify their source.
Resources can conveniently work with each other using automation.
򐂰 Capacity Planning: Allows you to understand the usage patterns and plan resource
requirements in advance with the extensive reporting feature.
򐂰 Optimization: Find the most suitable value for a function within a given domain.

296 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11.7 Typical monitoring tool limitations

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Typical monitoring tool limitations

Application Not suitable for the application topologies that are constantly changing

r
e Data Cannot monitor data integrity
m
o
ts
Can only monitor if service is up or down
u Middleware Can not specifically identify problems on application
C
Can only monitor if server is up and running
OS Cannot specifically identify cause of downtime

Can only provide info on host status (i.e. uptime, resource utilization, service
Virtualization availability)

r Can only monitor if server is up and running


e Servers
id
v
Cannot specifically identify cause of downtime

o
r Can only identify disk utilization and provide alerts on specified threshold
Storage
P Cannot identify data integrity and types of data filling storage capacity

Networking Can only identify if specified/monitored service is up or down

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-4 Typical monitoring tool limitations

Notes:
Many monitoring tools are available from cloud providers that provide stand-alone monitoring,
monitoring as service, and full monitoring solutions with an equivalent cost.

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments 297


11.8 How typical monitoring tools work

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

How typical monitoring tools work

Download and install the Download and install the


monitoring agent in the monitoring agent in the
environment that needs environment that needs
to be monitored to be monitored

MONITORING CLOUD MONITORING USERS/


TOOL ENVIRONMENT TOOL MONITORING
PORTAL/ API TOOL

The monitoring agent will The monitoring agent will


collect the environment collect the environment
metrics to push and metrics to push and
generate a report, alarm, generate a report, alarm,
or alerts. or alerts.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-5 How typical monitoring tools work

Notes:
While trends for IaaS are emerging, IaaS providers generally not only offer portals into the
operational health of the underlying infrastructure, but also offer APIs to the data that feeds
these portals.

298 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11.9 Typical monitoring alert

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Typical monitoring alert

Graphical Report Notifications

Customizable
Alarms

8 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-6 Typical monitoring alert

Notes:
Monitoring tools usually provide detailed graphing, and customizable alarms and alert
notifications:
򐂰 Graphical Report: Provides a comprehensive visual depiction of your usage to understand
the patterns and plan resource requirements in advance.
򐂰 Customizable Alarms: Will let you know when a service is outside an expected range.
Alarms can be tracked from the monitoring portal, and also be configured to send email
alerts.
򐂰 Notifications: Alerts can be tracked from the monitoring portals. IT might have an
equivalent portal ticket and can be configured to send email notifications.

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments 299


11.10 Typical monitoring response

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Typical monitoring response

Automatic Reboot

Network operations
center (NOC) monitoring

9 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-7 Typical monitoring response

Notes:
Automatic server reboot restarts the system if a failure is detected.

Network operations center (NOC) monitoring includes engineers who actively monitor your
servers, and provide immediate response and personalized notification of alerts and failures.

Infrastructure monitoring consists of monitoring the servers, network, and the data center
environment.

User experience monitoring simulates user behavior and activities to replicate problems and
find the most effective solutions.

300 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11.11 Practical approach to SoftLayer monitoring

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Practical approach to SoftLayer monitoring

SoftLayer Monitoring
Monitoring Options Monitoring Response Options
Standard Monitoring Automated Server Reboot
Standard 24/7/365 NOC Monitoring
Host Ping + IPMI + Services (optional)

Nimsoft Monitoring
Basic
t OS, CPU, MEM, DISK, Process &
n
e Services monitoring
g
A
tf
o
Advanced ! NOTIFICATIONS
s Basic Package + File System, Network
m
i Email/Ticket Notification
N Traffic, Network Time, DHCP, LDAP &
h SNMP data Immediate email/ticket alerts for any urgent issues
it requiring your attention.
W Premium
Advanced Package + DNS, Email, IIS, Automated Customer Notification
MS SQL, MySQL, Tomcat & URL Automated notification of order confirmations, payment
Response reminders, ticket updates and scheduled maintenance.

10 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-8 Practical approach to SoftLayer monitoring

Notes:
An example of an IaaS provider offering monitoring is SoftLayer, which provides two
monitoring services: Standard Monitoring and Nimsoft Monitoring to cover various monitoring
needs with no extra cost. These monitoring services provide additional features with an extra
charge that can help in building your business monitoring solution.
򐂰 Standard Monitoring is available for both physical and virtual servers at no extra charge,
and provides basic host ping monitoring so you can set up notifications upon failure and
based on Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) statistics. In addition to this,
Standard Monitoring provides an option to monitor TCP service connections with an
additional fee.
򐂰 Nimsoft Monitoring allows the monitoring of a wide variety of statistics on Windows and
Linux servers. It consists of three levels (packages):
– Basic (Hardware and OS): This package monitors your OS metrics, such as CPU,
memory, disk, processes, and service for no extra charge.
– Advanced (System Health): This package includes the basic package and has more
components like file system, network traffic, and time, DHCP, LDAP, and SNMP data
collection. You can choose between hourly and monthly billing.
– Premium (Application): This includes the advanced package with extra components
like DNS, email, IIS, MS SQL, MYSQL, Tomcat, and URL responses. You can choose
between hourly and monthly billing.

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments 301


Monitoring provides the following response options:
򐂰 Automatic server reboot restarts the system if failure is detected.
򐂰 NOC Monitoring includes engineers who actively monitor servers and provide immediate
response and personalized notification of alert or failure:
– Infrastructure monitoring covers servers, network, and the data center environment.
– User experience monitoring simulates user behavior and activities to replicate
problems and find the most effective solutions.

302 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11.12 Ordering a monitoring service

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Ordering a monitoring service

IaaS providers might not provide an automatic monitoring tool in the environment.
Customers should order and configure the monitoring package that they prefer to build.
1. During provisioning

2. Post-provisioning

11 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-9 Ordering a monitoring service

Notes:
IaaS providers might not have an automatic monitoring tool installed on the environment.
Order and configure the monitoring package that you prefer to build.

There are two ways to order a monitoring service on SoftLayer:


򐂰 Pre Provisioning: Monitoring can be selected to be added at the time of instance
provisioning.
򐂰 Post Provisioning: Monitoring can be added on an already provisioned environment.

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments 303


11.13 Building your own simple monitoring solution

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Building your own simple monitoring solution


1. Select a device that you want to monitor.

2. Configure your monitoring agent.

3. Set the stakeholder who will be alerted.

12 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-10 Building your own simple monitoring solution

Notes:
Monitoring tools that are used by cloud providers usually provided a web portal and API
services to help you easily design and build your monitoring solution. This example is from
the SoftLayer IaaS provider. For more information, see the SoftLayer KnowledgeLayer at:
http://knowledgelayer.softlayer.com/procedure/add-standard-monitor-device

304 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11.14 Upgrading a monitoring package

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Upgrading a monitoring package


1. Select Modify Monitoring Package.

2. Select the new Monitoring Package.

3. Confirm your order.

13 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-11 Upgrading a monitoring package

Notes:
Monitoring tools provided by your cloud provider might allow you to modify your current
monitoring package. In SoftLayer, you can easily modify the monitoring package with just a
few clicks.

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments 305


11.15 Cancelling a monitoring package

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Cancelling a monitoring package


1. Select Cancel Monitoring.

2. Click Continue to cancel the monitoring package.

14 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-12 Cancelling a monitoring package

Notes:
Monitoring tools provided by the cloud providers might have the flexibility in canceling the
monitoring package that you configured.

In SoftLayer, you can easily cancel a monitoring package with just a few clicks.

306 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
11.16 Checkpoint questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Sup portOrg anizati on and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

 What is a key benefit of monitoring?


a) Capac it y Planning
b) Increasing productivity
c) O ptimization
d) a & c

 It is c ustomer's responsibilit y to monitor t he...


a) Switches , rout ers
b) Storage, SAN
c) CPU, disk, applications in their servers
d) All of the above

 True or false: Automatic server reboot is response t o of


a monitoring alert?
a) True
b) False

16 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-13 Checkpoint questions

Notes:
򐂰 What is a key benefit of monitoring?
Answer: D
򐂰 It is customer's responsibility to monitor the...
Answer: C
򐂰 Automatic server reboot is a type of monitoring alert?
Answer: True

Unit 11. Monitoring cloud environments 307


11.17 Checkpoint questions (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

 What monitoring options are available on SoftLayer?

 The SoftLayer provider is based on which cloud


service model?
a) PaaS
b) SaaS
c) IaaS

17 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 11-14 Checkpoint questions (2)

Notes:
򐂰 What monitoring options are available on SoftLayer?
Answer: Standard Monitoring and Nimsoft Monitoring
򐂰 The SoftLayer provider is based on which cloud service model?
Answer: C

308 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12

Unit 12. Automating cloud management


with APIs
This unit covers the following topics:
򐂰 API values and usage
– What is the purpose of having an API?
– What is the value in using an API?
򐂰 The API implementation in SoftLayer
– Types of APIs
– Structure of APIs
– Common usage scenarios

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 309


12.1 What you should be able to do
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to do the following:
򐂰 Explain the concept of an API
򐂰 Explain the value of APIs
򐂰 Explain the SoftLayer API structure
򐂰 Describe the different types of SoftLayer APIs
򐂰 Explain how to use APIs for various tasks in SoftLayer

12.2 References
򐂰 SoftLayer API overview:
http://sldn.softlayer.com/reference/overview
򐂰 SoftLayer API structure:
http://sldn.softlayer.com/reference/overview
򐂰 Services reference:
http://sldn.softlayer.com/reference/services/

12.3 Teaching topics


This unit covers the following topics:
򐂰 Introducing the API concept
򐂰 Advantages of using an API
򐂰 API usage scenarios for cloud
򐂰 SoftLayer API overview
򐂰 The SoftLayer API structure
򐂰 Using the SoftLayer API

310 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.4 Introducing the API concept

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Introducing the API concept

 What is an API?
– API stands for Application Programming Interface.
– It is the interface by which an application program accesses a software
component.
– An API exposes an interface in terms of services, inputs, outputs,
and underlying types.
– An API exposes functionalities, or services, that are independent
of their implementation.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-1 Introducing the API concept

Notes:
One important characteristic of APIs is stability. The API functions as a black box of software
services. Customers can use the API without understanding what is inside. Function
implementation can vary if the interface exposed remains unchanged. There might be
multiple implementations of the same function, and the implementation will evolve in terms of
non-functional requirements, like performance, maintainability, and serviceability.

An implementation of API can add functions incrementally, refactoring on the way if


necessary. This configuration allows the API structure to evolve rather than be implemented
based on a static design.

APIs often come in the form of a library that includes specifications data structures, services,
and parameters.

In some cases, such as SOAP and REST services, the specification includes only a definition
of the remote calls exposed to the customers.

The trend in APIs is moving away from web services based on SOAP towards web resources
based on Representational State Transfer (REST) and a Resource-Oriented Architecture
(ROA).

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 311


12.5 API advantages

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

API advantages

 APIs enable automated management of a range of services.


 An API can facilitate integration of new features in existing
applications.
 An API can facilitate common usage scenarios of otherwise
distinct applications.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-2 API advantages

Notes:
A global API is an important selling point for companies because you can call APIs for the
offered services from anywhere.

312 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.6 API advantages (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

API advantages

 Cloud solutions gain these benefits from APIs:


– Interoperability
– The ability to implement a software-defined infrastructure,
including scenarios like auto scale or load balancing
– The ability to monitor and manage the infrastructure to meet
budget constraints

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-3 API advantages (2)

Notes:
Different cloud solutions have distinct benefits and drawbacks. All solutions have
interoperability in common. For example, CloudStack supports other cloud API models like
AWS API, OpenStack API, and VMware vCloud API. Development of APIs for cloud enables
applications to be designed and developed on the cloud. Such applications are not written for
a static infrastructure, but for an infrastructure that is provided as a service and accessible
through APIs.

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 313


12.7 Hybrid cloud scenarios that use the API economy

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Hybrid cloud scenarios that use the API economy

 Integration capabilities can exist on multiple service levels:


– Software as a Service (Saas) APIs – Application level.
– Platform as a Service (PaaS) APIs – Service level.
– Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) APIs – Infrastructure level.
 A cloud broker service and API economy can be used to integrate the
service levels into a coherent offering.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-4 Hybrid cloud scenarios that use the API economy

Notes:
The following service levels affect the APIs as follows:
򐂰 SaaS: Application level APIs can be used to extend applications and create additional
modules that interact with the application.
򐂰 PaaS: APIs are used to access and interact with platforms (such as Java, NodeJS,
Python, Ruby, and PHP), the application environment, the tooling (such as version control
and build tools), and pipeline, as well as connect and configure services (such as SQL and
NOSQL data stores).
򐂰 IaaS: APIs are used to provision, deprovision, and manage infrastructure level services
and resources. Compute resources include CPU and memory allocation, I/O resources
such as network and storage, and security services such as firewalls and intrusion
detection systems.

Cloud broker APIs provide a unified view that uses an existing API economy across multiple
cloud providers, platforms, and services to present a single solution. An example is Cloud
Marketplace providers that present entire business applications that can use analytics,
integration, backup, or resiliency services across multiple providers.

314 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.8 SoftLayer API overview

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer API overview

 SoftLayer provides Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS).


 The API implementation in SoftLayer provides direct interaction with
SoftLayer’s backend system.
 The functionality exposed by the API allows users to perform these tasks:
– Perform remote server management.
– Perform monitoring.
– Retrieve information from SoftLayer’s subsystems such as accounting,
inventory, and DNS.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-5 SoftLayer API overview

Notes:
The SoftLayer API (SLAPI) is available to all SoftLayer customers at no additional charge.

Object-oriented programming allows you to take full advantage of the capabilities offered in
the SoftLayer API.

Use the API to automate tasks that would otherwise take more time and be prone to human
errors.

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 315


12.9 SoftLayer API overview (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

SoftLayer API overview

 The SoftLayer Customer Portal is an example of an application


based on the SoftLayer API.
 Custom Applications can include re-branded portals.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-6 SoftLayer API overview (2)

Notes:
(none)

316 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.10 The SoftLayer API structure

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

The SoftLayer API structure

SoftLayer has developed an Infrastructure Management


System (IMS). The IMS orchestrates and automates the management
of SoftLayer’s offerings.

The offerings are exposed through the API library.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-7 The SoftLayer API structure

Notes:
(none)

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 317


12.11 The SoftLayer API structure (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

The SoftLayer API structure

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-8 The SoftLayer API structure (2)

Notes:
SoftLayer implements a main API library, an Object Storage API, and a Message Queue API.

318 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.12 The main SoftLayer library

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

The main SoftLayer library

 Is implemented using SOAP protocol and XML-RPC.


 Is available as Representational State Transfer (REST).
 Is available through a command-line interface.
 Supports the following language clients: C#, Perl, PHP, Python, Ruby, and
VB.Net.
 Additional languages are supported through the use of standard REST
or SOAP clients.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-9 The main SoftLayer library

Notes:
The main SoftLayer API library was written using two standards for developing web services:
SOAP and XML-RPC:
򐂰 SOAP is a widely accepted standard for starting software services over computer
networks, and passing structured data in and out of them.
򐂰 XML-RPC can be viewed as a simplified version of SOAP.

REST is a standard for starting software services over the Internet. REST advocates using
HTTP or HTTPS protocols for starting web pages with operations such as GET and PUT to
maintain and update remote resources over the Internet in a stateless manner. Stateless
manner means one call does not know anything about other calls.

SoftLayer also provides a REST interface to their APIs. Simple REST calls can be shown in
action through a simple REST client, or even through a web browser.

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 319


12.13 The Object Store API

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

The Object Store API

 Is based on OpenStack Swift API.


 Is implemented using REST.
 Supports the following language clients: Java, Ruby, PHP, and Python.
 Supports hierarchical structures of containers and objects.
 Additional languages are supported through the use of standard
REST clients
 Can be used with Content Delivery Network (CDN).

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-10 The Object Store API

Notes:
(none)

320 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.14 The Message Queue API

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

The Message Queue API

 Is implemented using REST.


 Is able to contain any data in a message, plus message fields containing
key and value pairs.
 Supports the following clients: C#, Java, Ruby, PHP, and Python.
 Supports topics, topic tags, and subscriptions.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-11 The Message Queue API

Notes:
(none)

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 321


12.15 Using the SoftLayer API

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using the SoftLayer API

 The SoftLayer API is structured into two hierarchies.


 There is a separate hierarchy each for services and methods:
– Services are functional groupings of API calls.
– Methods are specific actions that can be performed on a service.
 Data types are elements describing the offering and allowing its
manipulation.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-12 Using the SoftLayer API

Notes:
The normal scenario in an object-oriented environment is to first create an instance of the
SoftLayer_Client type by authenticating with a user name and an API key, and use that to
access the various services. Each service provides methods either for changing the
infrastructure, in which case the correct data types need to be provided as parameters, or for
retrieving information that is then provided as instances of the specific data types. The object
returned contains all the local properties if there is no mask provided and only the relational
properties provided through a mask field.

322 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.16 Using the SoftLayer API: Services and methods

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using the SoftLayer API: Services and methods

 Services are functional grouping of API calls.


 Methods are specific actions that can be performed
on a service.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-13 Using the SoftLayer API: Services and methods

Notes:
A service is an endpoint associated with internal SoftLayer systems. Each service is a
collection of methods, or actions, which can be performed. All SoftLayer services begin with
“SoftLayer_” and contain more terms that define the general function that the service provides
such as “Hardware”, “Account”, “Billing”, and “Network”. Each service is extended from there
with a name that defines the service's specific function within that particular subset. Each
service that is associated with the SoftLayer API has a unique name. While some services,
such as SoftLayer_Account and SoftLayer_Account_Address, can share a common prefix,
their interaction is not necessarily similar. There is no direct inheritance for services of a
similar name. Because of this, each service should be approached individually.

While each service offers a unique set of methods, many services offer the getObject method.
These methods can be used to retrieve an object of the same type from the API. For example,
calling the getObject method on the SoftLayer_Network_Subnet service returns a
SoftLayer_Network_Subnet data type object.

A method is a specific action that can be performed for a SLAPI service. Each method returns
a scalar or structured data type, and might require specific parameters, permissions, or
headers to run. Method parameters should be passed by using the techniques described in
each language's or endpoint's documentation. In situations where multiple parameters are
required, pass the parameters in the order that they are expected to be received.

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 323


12.17 Using the SoftLayer API: Data types

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using the SoftLayer API: Data types

 A data type is a structure that contains a collection of fields that can


be scalar values or references to other data types.
 Other data types can be retrieved using masks.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-14 Using the SoftLayer API: Data types

Notes:
A data type is a structure that contains a collection of scalar values and other data types. In
addition to traditional scalar values such as string, bool, and int, the SLAPI also uses complex
data types that contain properties that define the objects passed to and returned by methods
in the API. Each data type potentially contains a number of local, relational, and count
properties.

A local property is a direct child of a data type. Local properties are typically returned when
getObject() is called. Some local properties are required when creating an instance of this
data type when calling createObject().

A relational property is an indirect child of a data type. Relational properties are defined in
other data types or their properties. For example, the SoftLayer_Account data type has a
relational property for hardware. This relational property is an array of SoftLayer_Hardware
data types. When tapped with an object mask, this property returns an array that contains a
SoftLayer_Hardware object for each hardware device on the account.

A count property is a convenience property that can be used to determine the total number of
objects that are associated with a property. For example, you can retrieve the total number of
VLANs associated with a specific server by using an object mask with included
Softlayer_Hardware_Server networkVlanCount.

324 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.18 Using the SoftLayer API: Service hierarchy sample

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using the SoftLayer API: Service hierarchy sample

Account Hardware Network_Storage Virtual_Guest

Account_ Account_ Virtual_Guest_ Network_ Virtual_Guest_


Shipment Agreement Block_Device Storage_Backup Block_Device

Account_ Virtual_Guest_ Network_ Virtual_Guest_


Account_
Agreement_ Block_Device_ Storage_Backup_ Block_Device_
Shipment_Item
Status Template Evault Template

Virtual_Guest_ Virtual_Guest_
Block_Device_ Block_Device_
Template_Group Template_Group

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-15 Using the SoftLayer API: Service hierarchy sample

Notes:
The SoftLayer API has these service groups, among others:
򐂰 User accounts
򐂰 User billing
򐂰 Virtual server management
򐂰 Hardware management (dedicated/bare metal and other hardware)
򐂰 Product ordering
򐂰 Configuration templates
򐂰 Software components
򐂰 Locations
򐂰 Network (firewalls, gateways, load balancers, subnets, and VLANs)
򐂰 Storage (iSCSI, NAS, and backup)
򐂰 Reboots and reloads
򐂰 Ticketing
򐂰 DNS
򐂰 Security (certificates, keys, and scans)
򐂰 Monitoring
򐂰 Portal customization
򐂰 Auxiliary functions

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 325


12.19 Using the SoftLayer API

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using the SoftLayer API

 The SoftLayer API allows developers to define what data is returned


from each call through the use of headers.
 The headers allow control over the amount of data returned
by the API:
– Result limits.
– Define an offset and amount of objects to return. This allows for
pagination in the case of large data sets.
– Object masks.
– Specify which local properties to return from a method.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-16 Using the SoftLayer API

Notes:
In addition to the typical create, read, update, and delete actions, the SLAPI allows
developers to define how data is returned from each call by using special API call headers.
These headers allow an extra level of control over the amount of data returned by the API.

A result limit is a support method that allows you to define an offset and number of objects to
return. This methods allow pagination of large data sets.

An object mask allows the user to specify which local properties to return from a method and
retrieve information found in both relational and count properties. A map, or “mask” is created
to define the specific data to include in the return value. For example, it is possible to gather
the IDs for each VLAN on a SoftLayer_Hardware_Server by specifying an object mask for
“networkVlans.id” when calling SoftLayer_Hardware_Server::getObject.

Object filters can be used to limit the results that are returned by the API. They differ from
object masks in that they determine what data type objects are returned while Object Masks
define what properties to retrieve from the returned objects.

326 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.20 Using the SoftLayer API (cont.)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Using the SoftLayer API (cont.)

 Retrieve information found in both relational and count properties


 Filters
 Define criteria that must be met by all the objects retrieved

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-17 Using the SoftLayer API (cont.)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 327


12.21 Example scenarios of using an API

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Example scenarios of using an API

 Invoke selected services for white label service providers to


implement their own rebranded portals.
 Programmatic upscaling and downscaling in a public or private
cloud (horizontal scaling).
 Handle cloud monitoring events, such as re-instantiating servers,
rebooting, and OS reloads.
 Programmatic cloud management, including upgrading and
downgrading (vertical scaling), adding storage, backing up, and
restoring.
 Write cloud-native software applications.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-18 Example scenarios of using an API

Notes:
(none)

328 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.22 Checkpoint questions

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

1.What does API stand for?


a) Advanced Programming Interface
b) Accessible Programming Interface
c) Advanced Procedural Interface
d) Application Programming Interface

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-19 Checkpoint questions

Notes:
(none)

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 329


12.23 Checkpoint questions (2)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

2.Which of the options below is an advantage of using an API


from a customer perspective?
a) The organization is more agile.
b) There is less need for project management.
c) There is more automation.
d) It is a key selling point.

24 © 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-20 Checkpoint questions (2)

Notes:
(none)

330 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.24 Checkpoint questions (3)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

3.What is a desirable characteristic of a cloud API?


a) Complex structure
b) Interoperability
c) Restrict HTTP calls
d) Horizontal scaling

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-21 Checkpoint questions (3)

Notes:
(none)

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 331


12.25 Checkpoint questions (4)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

4.What is the relation between a service and a method in


SoftLayer’s API implementation?
a) A method can service any number of objects.
b) A method is a specific action that can be performed for a service.
c) A method is one of multiple ways of performing a service.
d) A method has multiple services.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-22 Checkpoint questions (4)

Notes:
(none)

332 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
12.26 Checkpoint questions (5)

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Checkpoint questions

5.What is the difference between an object mask and a filter in


the SoftLayer API?
a) A filter can be reused.
b) A filter is shorter than an object mask.
c) A filter is executed on the client side, whereas the object mask is
executed on the server side.
d) A filter restricts the number of objects returned, whereas an object mask
restricts the number of fields returned for each object.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-23 Checkpoint questions (5)

Notes:
Answers:
1. d
2. c
3. b
4. b
5. d

Unit 12. Automating cloud management with APIs 333


12.27 Recap

IBM Digital Sales International Technical Support Organization and Authoring Services

Recap

Students should now be able to:


 Explain the concept of an API.
 Explain the value of APIs.
 Explain the SoftLayer API structure.
 Describe the different types of Softlayer APIs.
 Explain how to use APIs for various tasks in SoftLayer.

© 2015 IBM Corporation

Figure 12-24 Recap

Notes:
(none)

334 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
Glossary

ACL Access Control List Global Load Balancing Refers to specially designed
DNS server that load balances DNS requests
API (application programming interface) An interface
that specifies how software components should interact HA (high availability) A term that refers to a system or
with each other component that is continuously operational by avoiding
single point of failures
Appliance firewall Custom OS with software to filter
traffic Hardware firewall Physical device to filter traffic

Audit log An automatically created report of who has HDD Hard disk drive
done what and when
Horizontal scaling Upscaling or downscaling by adding
Autoscale The automated scaling option that is or removing servers from an environment
provided by SoftLayer for virtual servers
HVAC Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
B&R Backup and recovery
Hybrid cloud A configuration of cloud IaaS resources
Bare metal server In SoftLayer, a physical machine that that mixes public and private cloud assets
is made available to the customer as part of a cloud
offering Hypervisor A piece of computer software, firmware, or
hardware that creates and runs virtual machines. Also
CHAP Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol known as virtual machine monitor (VMM)

CIFS Common Internet File System IaaS (infrastructure as a service) Cloud service model
in which the consumer can provision fundamental
Citrix NetScaler VPX A multifunctional network and computer resources such as processors, storage, and
security device offered by Citrix and available in SoftLayer networking resources
as a service. It provides load balancing, firewall functions,
data compression, and more IMS (Infrastructure Management System) A software
platform for managing the infrastructure developed by
Client to site VPN VPN connection between one user SoftLayer
device and a site
In-Band Management A way to manage computer
Cloud Computing Model for enabling convenient, devices locally through the network itself, using a
on-demand network access to a shared pool of telnet/SSH connection to them
configurable computing resources that can be rapidly
provisioned and released with minimal management effort Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) A
or service provider interaction standardized interface that is used by system
administrators as a way to manage a computer that is
DAS Direct-attached storage powered off or otherwise unresponsive. It connects to the
hardware rather than to an operating system or login shell
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) A
standardized network to allocate IP addresses to Internet Information Services (IIS) A web server
computers created by Microsoft

DNS (Domain Name System) Used to resolve IP (Internet Protocol) Address A numeric label that is
human-readable host names into IP addresses assigned to each device that communicates over the IP
protocol. The IP address space is split into public and
DR Disaster recovery private spaces. Comes in two versions: v4 (traditional,
currently running out of public addresses), and v6 (new
Firewall Device to filter traffic standard to accommodate much larger address space)
Flex Image The SoftLayer platform-neutral imaging IPSec (Internet Protocol Security) VPN A suite of
system protocols that are designed to authenticate and encrypt all
IP traffic between two locations

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2016. All rights reserved. 335


IQN iSCSI qualified name OSI (open systems interconnection) model A
conceptual model that characterizes and standardizes
iSCSI Internet Small Computer System Interface communication of computing systems. It is divided into
seven layers of abstraction
Kerberos A computer network authentication protocol
that works based on tickets to allow nodes communicating Out-of-Band Management A way to manage computer
over a non-secure network to prove their identity to one devices using a dedicated channel that is available even
another in a secure manner when your device is not functioning properly

LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) A PaaS (platform as a service) Cloud service model in
protocol for accessing and maintaining distributed which the computing platform and solution stack are made
directory information service available as a service. Customers can develop, test, and
deploy their applications on the cloud
Load balancer A device that distributes network or
application requests over a number of servers. A client Pay-per-use A billing model that monitors usage of a
connects to VIP and the load balancer then forwards the service and charges only for the amounts used. Service
traffic to one of the servers usage is monitored, controlled, and reported, providing
transparency for both the provider and user
Local load balancing Refers to load balancer
distributing network or application requests locally (in the Ping A networking utility to verify that one server can be
same network segment) reached from another

LUN Logical unit number PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) VPN An


implementation of VPN using a specialized client software
Multi-tenant An architecture in which a host machine to establish secure tunnel from the user workstation to a
supports cloud infrastructure for multiple customers private network

NAS Network-attached storage Private cloud A single tenant environment that is


dedicated to a single customer that uses virtualization
NAT (network address translation) Allows a router to tools to deliver a virtual computing platform
modify packets to allow multiple devices to share a single
IP address Private Image Customer-created image templates in
SoftLayer
Network handoff Switching between different network
providers Private IP address An IP address within the private
address space that allows organizations to create their
Network hop Each device that the traffic passes on its own private networks
way to its destination is called a hop
Private VLAN A VLAN that is isolated from public
NFS Network File System Internet, and uses a private IP address space. It can be
accessed through a VPN connection
NIC (Network Interface Card) A computer circuit board
that is installed in computers so that it can be connected Provisioning Cloud provisioning is the allocation of a
to a network cloud provider's resources to a customer
NOC (network operations center) A team that Provisioning Script Executable file that is
monitors network performance and security 24x7 automatically deployed by SoftLayer after provisioning
and that can be run automatically or manually
On-demand self service A service that can be
unilaterally requested and acquired by the customer when Public cloud A multi-tenant environment that uses
needed without requiring assistance from the service virtualization tools to deliver a virtual computing platform
provider to multiple customers
OpenStack A free and open source cloud computing Public Images Image templates that are optimized and
software platform provided by SoftLayer
OS firewall Application installed on or embedded in the Public IP address An IP address within the public
operating system to filter traffic address space that can be accessed over the Internet

Public VLAN A VLAN that can be connected to from the


public Internet that uses a public IP address space

336 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks VIP (Virtual Internet Protocol Address) An IP address
that is not a primary of a physical network card. In the
REST (Representational State Transfer) A protocol case of load balancing, the VIP usually refers to the
that is used for communicating with web resources address that the client receives through DNS and
connects to
RPO Recovery point objective
Virtual server An instance of virtual hardware platform
RTO Recovery time objective that is created and run by using virtualization techniques

SaaS (software as a service) Cloud service model in Virtualization In computing, rcreating a virtual (rather
which software or applications are provided to different than actual) version of something, including but not limited
customers, or consumers through a network, usually the to a virtual computer hardware platform, operating system
Internet (OS), storage device, or computer network resources

SAN Storage area network VLAN (virtual local area network) A logical grouping
of network nodes that is configured as though they were
SAS Serial-attached SCSI in the same LAN even if they are in separate ones

SATA Serial Advanced Technology Attachment VLAN trunking Enables the movement of traffic to
different parts of the network configured in a VLAN
SCSI Small Computer System Interface
VPN (virtual private network) A network that is
Single tenant An architecture in which a host machine constructed by using public networks (usually the
supports cloud infrastructure for a single customer Internet) to connect to a private network such as the
SoftLayer Private Network
Site to site VPN Direct VPN line between two sites that
allows devices on both sites to communicate securely Vulnerability scan A scan of one or more devices to
search for security issues in the configuration or
SMB Server Message Block
OS/software of a device
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) A
Vyatta appliance A multifunctional network device
standard protocol for managing devices on IP networks
offered by Brocade and available in SoftLayer as a
service. It provides software-based virtual network
SOAP A protocol that is used for web services
gateway, virtual firewall, and VPN capabilities
SSD Solid-state drive
Workload Independent service or collection of code
SSH (Secure Shell) A cryptographic network protocol that can be run
for secure data communication, remote command line
XML-RPC A Remote Procedure Call (RPC) protocol
login, remote command execution, and other secure
that uses XML to encode its calls and HTTP as a transport
network services between a pair of client and server
mechanism
systems

SSH keys A pair of files that contain encryption keys


(public and private) for two-key authentication supported
by the SSH protocol

SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) VPN An implementation


of VPN that allows a user to create a secure tunnel from
that user’s workstation to a private network such as the
SoftLayer Private Network

Subnet A logical grouping of connected network


devices for faster data transfer and easier management

Subnet mask A mechanism to split a network into


subnets

Vertical scaling Upgrading or downgrading the existing


servers

Glossary 337
338 A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
SG24-8350-00
A Practical Approach to Cloud IaaS with IBM SoftLayer: Presentations Guide
ISBN 0738441562
(0.5” spine)
0.475”<->0.873”
250 <-> 459 pages
Back cover

SG24-8350-00

ISBN 0738441562

Printed in U.S.A.

®
ibm.com/redbooks

You might also like